Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2023

Corporate Overview
Corporate Overview
Loop Telecommunication International, Inc.
www.LoopTelecom.com
Company Overview
Founding
In 1991, a group of established professionals from the communications industry founded Loop Telecom.
These industry leaders, with decades of experience and years of service at Alcatel, Verizon, British Telecom,
Tellabs and AT&T, realized the largely untapped engineering and production capabilities of Taiwan. Just ten
years after founding, with its Western-style engineering and management, Loop Telecom met the earnings,
market, and product diversity requirements to go public with its IPO. It is currently traded on the Taiwan Stock
Exchange Corp., or TSEC (3025).
After finding success in its initial market coverage of just a few countries, including the United States, and
Taiwan, Loop Telecom has expanded its market outreach to over 80 countries around the world. Several
sales offices have been established including Taiwan, Belgium, the United States and Australia. Several
TAC centers (Technical Assistant Center) have been setup including TAC-EMEA in Greece covering EMEA,
TAC-USA in USA covering North America, TAC-SEA in Malaysia covering South East Asia and TAC-ESAF in
Kenya covering East and South Africa.
Diversification of Product Lines
Today, Loop Telecom has a strong portfolio of over 60 products in a wide range of technologies, including
multiservice access for analogue, voice, data, and teleprotection for power industry with TDM DS0, E1,
T1, DS3, SDH/SONET STM-1/4/16 or OC3/12/48 transport, and now, we have transported the TDM/SDH
traffic over TDMoE/IP/MPLS PseudoWire packets. We have developed our Packet Transport Network
(PTN) switches over GE, 10GE and 100GE fibers with MPLS-TP, Carrier Ethernet or IP routing protocols. In
addition, we have produced WDM/OTN optical solutions for RAN 2G to 5G, fiber optimization and 10G long-
distance extension with the same NMS for TDM, PTN and Optical. Loop Telecom has been providing a great
variety of industrial and hardened Switches and Routers that are compliant to railway and power domains,
and we continue to maintain a range of last mile or backhaul over fiber or G.SHDSL.
We produce the following product lines:
● Multi-Service Access Cross Connect Multiplexer

● SDH/SONET-MPLS Hybrid Transport
● Transport and Access all-in-one Box
● TDM over Ethernet
● L2/L3/MPLS/Carrier Ethernet Access Switch
● Line Extender Multiplexer for Copper and Fiber
● Wavelength Division Multiplexer
● IIOT
● NG Enterprise Secured Networking Solution
● Network Management
Philosophy
Mission
The mission of Loop Telecom is to provide communication users and service providers with the technology
needed for connecting end-point devices and their access to core networks to form complete services. Loop
Telecom is dedicated to developing products/solutions that not only perform their main functions well and
meet all ETSI/ANSI network standards, but also offer end-users, network operators, and service providers
with user-friendliness, efficiency, and economy. Today, in addition to our focus on engineering, production,
2023 Catalog I
Corporate Overview
and marketing, we also provide solutions as a System Integrator combining engineering technology, product
definition, sales, and service based upon our decades of experience.
Loop Telecom customers include world-wide carriers, cellular operators, internet service providers, utilities,
transport industries, airport networks, military networks, and government networks.
Loop Telecom products provide a wider range of features and fit more applications than many other brands in
order to facilitate access to all types of communications networks, including IP, MPLS, SDH/SONET, optical,
wireless, and legacy TDM systems.
Loop Telecom takes a particular attention to dedicated requests from each customer domains for
environmental and security compliances.
Strengths
As a smaller company among giants, Loop Telecom offers fast and personalized responses to meet its
customers’ specific needs. Because Loop products are cost effective as well as cost competitive, customers
can also be more competitive in service level and in cost.
Quality Policies
Quality and Reliability
Increasing network complexity calls for standards-based computerized management and control. Loop
Telecom strives to create products that offer functionality beyond their primary purpose; while adhering to
strict network standards, every product is designed for ease-of-use and customized options. With Loop
Telecom products, customers have the option to include redundancy in their systems architecture – in
transmission links, in network elements, and down to duplicated plug-in cards.
Certifications
As an ISO 9001/ISO 14000 approved company, Loop Telecom customers can be assured of continuing and
consistent quality control in all phases of production. All products have United States, Canadian, and Pan-
European certifications commensurate with our world-wide market.
Loop Telecom holds a Certificate for Quality Management System TL 9000-H, as well as TL 9000/ISO 90001.
In addition to the above guarantee, we are continuously striving to improve our products, services, and
technology to meet the expectations of customers.
Information Security Policy
Loop Telecom is dedicated to creating an Information Security Management system and establishing a
secure and reliable IT working environment to ensure the safety of data, systems, facilities, and networks.
We provide the Information Security Policy to make sure the objectives of information security, service
quality, and sustainable development.
All Loop Telecom employees, partners, or agencies have the responsibility to comply with the policy.
All Loop employees must sign the Non-Disclosure Agreement. The external agencies who participate in the
company's projects must sign the External Agency Affidavit and comply with the requirements of national
regulations such as The Classified National Security Information Protection Act, The Trade Secrets Act, The
Personal Data Protection Act, The Copyright Act, The Criminal Code of the Republic of China, The Cyber
Security Management Act, The Enforcement Rules of Cyber Security Management Act (Sub acts included).
Leak and illegal events are prohibited.
Regarding the access and the change of the project's data from outsourcing and collaboration, the data and
files must set up the access authorization. The sensitive and confidential information must be encrypted
before transmission.
II
For the latest product news, updates, technical support and more, please visit our website.
Corporate Overview
We highly value the importance of the Information Security Management, and we officially obtained
our ISO27001 certification in May 2022 covering information security management.
Environmental Policy
Loop Telecom’s mission is to maintain sustainable business development and expansion while recognizing
the importance of protecting the environment. Through a process of continuous improvements and
environmental protection awareness, Loop Telecom is committed to pollution prevention and to protecting the
environment by making better use of the Earth’s resources, developing green products, improving production
methods, reducing harm to the environment, complying with all laws, doing its best to prevent pollution by
stressing environmental education, and promoting environmental protection awareness.
RoHS and WEEE Compliance Statement
Loop Telecom’s products comply with Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, dated 27
January 2003, including ANNEX. All products also comply with WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC.
Services
Staffing
With main office in Taiwan, Loop Telecom has a workforce of over 181 engineers, sales representatives,
and support staff. To provide optimum product quality and specialized orders, staffing at Loop Telecom
emphasizes engineering.
Sales Strategy
Loop Telecom's distribution channels include representatives, distributors, in-country partnerships, OEM
agreements with companies wanting to have products sold under their name, and a direct sales force in
selected market areas.
Its philosophy is to invest in and partner with well-established companies with reputations for integrity, quality,
and after-sales service in their market places. By becoming a faithful partner, Loop Telecom assures a solid
foundation for the continued preference for its products.
Production Capacity
Loop Telecom has ample space for expansion. The factory production capacity is currently determined by
the automated testing facility used in final quality assurance for completed products. This capacity will be
expanded in concert with growth.
After Sales Customer Relations
To respond to customers' needs, Loop Telecom has offices and repair facilities worldwide. In addition to
the headquarters location in Taiwan, sales support offices are in the United States, Europe and Australia.
Furthermore, a distributor network is established worldwide. Repair facilities, in addition to the factory, are
located in the United States and in Europe.
Moreover, we have deployed a web-based Help Desk System for any after-sales customer demand to
avoid dead time of communication between central FAE in Taiwan and TAC centers worldwide, and provide
analysis to R&D.
Members of the Loop Telecom Field Applications Engineers (FAE) Department are veterans not only in the
application of Loop Telecom products, but also in the interworking with products from other manufacturers.
FAE members travel extensively to render assistance in the installation and operation of Loop Telecom
products.
2023 Catalog III

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Corporate Overview..................................................................................................... I
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................IV
Product Category........................................................................................................ 1
1 Solutions
1. Best Approach in Migrating Aged SDH/SONET Backbone to MPLS-TP................. 4
2. Bridging SDH/SONET Network with Packet Network.............................................. 8
3. Hybrid Backbone for Military Application................................................................. 9
4. Aviation Radar Clock Stability for Air Traffic Control.............................................. 10
5. Telecommunication: New Generation DS0 Cross Connect System...................... 11
6. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 4G................................................. 12
7. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 3G................................................. 13
8. Oil and Gas: Communication between Remote Sites and Offices........................ 14
9. Power Electrical Substations: Communication with Protection............................. 15
10. CCTV Packet Network for Airport LRT................................................................ 16
11. NG Enterprise Secured Network Solution........................................................... 17
12. IIOT Communication with Unmanned IT Room................................................... 18
13. Mission Critical Communication: Instrument Landing System............................ 19
14. Emergency 911 Network System Centralization................................................. 20
15. Fiber Optimization............................................................................................... 21
16. Long Distance Links Extension........................................................................... 21
17. OTN Multiplexing................................................................................................. 22
18. C/DWDM (Single-Fiber, Bi-Direction) with Protection......................................... 22
2 Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System.............................................. 24
Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management System (EMS)...................... 26
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool.................................................................... 28
3 SDH-SONET-MPLS Hybrid Transport

Loop-G7800 mPTN MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network........................................ 30
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP........................................................... 33
4 Transport and Access all-in-one Box

Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM............................................................... 42
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP........................................................... 46
5 Multi-Service Access Cross Connect Multiplexer

Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX ............................................................................. 52
Loop-AM3440-A Access DCS-MUX.......................................................................... 53
Loop-AM3440-C Access DCS-MUX.......................................................................... 59
IV
Table of Contents
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX.......................................................................... 63

Loop-AM3440-E-CHEA IP/TDM DCS-MUX.............................................................. 66
Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB IP/TDM DCS-MUX MPLS-TP*/CE SWITCH....................... 69
Loop-AM3440-A-CGA Access DCS-MUX................................................................. 72
Loop-AM3440-D-CGD Access DCS-MUX................................................................. 78
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System................................................................. 83
Loop-O9150Sa SDH STM-1 TM/ADM....................................................................... 86
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX............................................................................... 88
6 Plug-in Modules
High-speed (HS) Cards
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)......................................................................... 94
(B2G5) 1-channel STM16/OC-48.............................................................................. 98
16/32/63-channel E1/T1 ........................................................................................... 99
(3TE3) 3-channel E3/T3.......................................................................................... 101
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch ............................................. 103
PTN10G/PTNext Interface Card.............................................................................. 106
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3................................................................................111
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13........................................................................... 112
Low-speed (LS) Cards

Transportation
(3E1) 3-channel E1................................................................................................. 113
(3T1) 3-channel T1.................................................................................................. 115
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1 ...................................................................................... 117
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1......................................................................................... 118
(M4E1) 4-channel E1.............................................................................................. 119
(M4T1) 4-channel T1............................................................................................... 120
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet .............................................................. 121
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP .......................................................................................... 125
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMA)............................................................................. 127
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMB)............................................................................. 129
Fiber Optical Interface Card ................................................................................... 131
G.SHDSL Interface Card......................................................................................... 133
Serial and Digital Access
(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE ...................................................................... 134
(8UDTEA) 8-port Universal Data Interface Card .................................................... 136
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/ X.21/RS232)............................................................ 139
3RS232a Card......................................................................................................... 141
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232 ....................................................................................... 142
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate ...................................................... 143
2023 Catalog V
Table of Contents
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps ...................................................................... 144

(1ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP ................................................................................... 145
(ODP) 8-channel OCU/DP ...................................................................................... 146
Voice and Analog Access
(12FXOA/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS.................................................................. 147
(QFXOA)Quad FXO Voice Card (type A) ............................................................... 148
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS Voice Card (type A) ........................................................ 149
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto ............................................................................. 151
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto................................................................................. 152
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M.............................................................................. 153
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M Voice Card ...................................................................... 154
Data Processing
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge............................................................................. 155
Dry Contact Interface Card...................................................................................... 159
Analog Bridge Card................................................................................................. 162
(ECA) Echo Canceller ............................................................................................ 165
Packet Access
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A ............................................................... 167
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B ............................................................. 169
Teleprotection Access
(C37.94) 4-channel low-speed optical .................................................................... 171
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical .................................................................... 172
(TTA) Transfer Trip card ......................................................................................... 173
Clock and Alarm Interface
CLKa Card .............................................................................................................. 174
7 TDM over Ethernet

Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet................................................................................. 176
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet................................................................................. 178
8 L2-L3-MPLS-Carrier Ethernet Switch

Loop-G7860A mPTN MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network.................................... 182
Loop-IP6330 GbE Intelligent Switch........................................................................ 187
Loop-IP6340 24 Giga+4 1000 SFP Ports Smart Managed Switch.......................... 188
Loop IP6510-LN Multiple WAN Router.................................................................... 190
Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box.................................... 192
Loop-IP6808 Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch........................ 194
Loop-IP6820 Self-Healing Ring NTU...................................................................... 195
Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed Gigabit PoE/PoE+ Switch.............. 196
Loop-IP6828 Industrial Rack-Mount L2/L3 Managed Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+
Switch...................................................................................................................... 197
VI
Table of Contents
Loop-IP6838 IEC61850-3 Certified Rack-Mount High-Availability Managed Modular

Gigabit Switch – Layer 2/3...................................................................................... 199
Loop-G7820 L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch.............................................................. 202
9 Wavelength Division Multiplexer

Loop-WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Multi-Service Platform............. 206
Transponder Modules for Loop-WDM1800............................................................. 209
25G Transponder Module for Loop-WDM1800....................................................... 210
Bi-directional Wavelength Mux/Demux For WDM1800........................................... 211
Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) for Loop-WDM1800.................................... 212
Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) For Loop-WDM1800............................. 213
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Module For Loop-WDM1800............ 214
Muxponder Modules For Loop-WDM1800.............................................................. 215
10 Line Extender Multiplexer for Copper and Fiber

G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone........................................................ 218
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card.......................................... 219
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone..................................................................... 221
E1 CSU DSU
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone ....................................................... 224
T1 CSU DSU
Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone...................................................... 226
Fiber Optical Multiplexer

Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux.................................................................... 228
Loop-O9310 4E1 Fiber Optical Mux........................................................................ 229
11 IIOT
Environmental Security Monitoring Loop-IOT0510................................................. 232
Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Subway............................................ 236
Loop-CCTV0730..................................................................................................... 236
12 Cyber Security Solution

Loop-ISS2180 Information Security Solution.......................................................... 242
Loop-ISS2110 GCB-NCM Network Configuration Audit System............................. 245
13 5G CPE
Loop-W8510 5G CPE Industrial Router.................................................................. 248
2023 Catalog VII

Product Category
Product Category
OTN/Transport
WDM
WDM1800-CHAa WDM1800-CHBa AM3440-A-CHPAa

PTN/SDH/SONET/TDM
AM3440-C-CHPCa
O9400R
G7800
AM3440-D-CHPDa
O9500R
Network
TDMoE
Management
G7860A AM3440-E-CHEA
IP6820
(G.8032)
IP/Ethernet
IP6340
G7860A G7820 IP6828
Product Category
Access
G.SHDSL
AM3440-E-CHEB
C5600 H3300-3S H3310S
Fiber Optical Multiplexers
AM3430
O9340S O9310 O9210S
O9150Sa CSU/DSU
T2500 E1500-2S
O9170
V4150
IP6702A IP6704A
IP6820
IP6510-LN IP6610
IP6818
IP6838 IP6810
2023 Catalog 1
Product Category
2
1
Solutions
1. Best Approach in Migrating Aged SDH/SONET Backbone to MPLS-TP 4
1.1. Migrating an Aged SDH/SONET Backbone 4
1.2. Addition of New Loop-O9500R Hybrid Backbone 4
1.3. Connecting Existing E1/T1 Mux to New Hybrid Backbone 5
1.4. E1/T1 Multiplexer Service Cut-Over 5
1.5. Dismantling Aged SDH/SONET Backbone 6
1.6. Programming New Services 6
1.7. Directly-connected RTUs and Dismantling Aged E1/T1 Mux 7
1.8. Finish Migrating Aged SDH/SONET Backbone to MPLS-TP 7
2. Bridging SDH/SONET Network with Packet Network 8
3. Hybrid Backbone for Military Application 9
4. Aviation Radar Clock Stability for Air Traffic Control 10
5. Telecommunication: New Generation DS0 Cross Connect System 11
6. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 4G 12
7. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 3G 13
8. Oil and Gas: Communication between Remote Sites and Offices 14
9. Power Electrical Substations: Communication with Protection 15
10. CCTV Packet Network for Airport LRT 16
11. NG Enterprise Secured Network Solution 17
12. IIOT Communication with Unmanned IT Room 18
13. Mission Critical Communication: Instrument Landing System 19
14. Emergency 911 Network System Centralization 20
15. Fiber Optimization 21
16. Long Distance Links Extension 21
17. OTN Multiplexing 22
18. C/DWDM (Single-Fiber, Bi-Direction) with Protection 22
Solution
1. Best Approach in Migrating Aged SDH/SONET

Backbone to MPLS-TP
1.1. Migrating an Aged SDH/SONET Backbone
E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1

Access Mux RTU Access Mux RTU Access Mux RTU
Mux NMS
Transport Transport Transport
Aged SDH/SONET Cloud

Transport NMS
In the beginning, the customer has an aged SDH/SONET backbone in need of migrating to newer backbone.
It includes a SDH/SONET cloud with transport nodes, E1/T1 Muxs as the access nodes, and customer RTU.
1.2. Addition of New Loop-O9500R Hybrid Backbone
New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud
Hybrid NMS Transport Transport Transport

Access Access Access
O9500R O9500R O9500R
Access
E1/T1
RTU Access
E1/T1 RTU Access
E1/T1
RTU
Mux Mux Mux
Mux NMS
Transport NMS
Above shows the addition of Loop-O9500R Hybrid Backbone (including Hybrid NMS) to the system as a first
step towards migration.
Hybrid transport means the transport portion has both SDH/SONET and MPLS-TP simultaneously.
4
Solution
1.3. Connecting Existing E1/T1 Mux to New Hybrid Backbone
Hybrid NMS
Transport Transport
Transport Transport
O9500R O9500R O9500R

E1/T1 E1/T1
Access Mux RTU Access E1/T1
Mux RTU Access Mux RTU
Mux NMS

Transport NMS
As a next step, the customer can connect existing E1/T1 multiplexers to the new hybrid backbone via
physical E1/T1 lines.
1.4. E1/T1 Multiplexer Service Cut-Over

O9500R O9500R O9500R

E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1
Access Mux RTU Access Mux RTU Access Mux RTU
Mux NMS

Transport NMS
The customer can then program the existing E1/T1 multiplexer and enact service cut-over via Mux NMS and
Hybrid NMS to the new Loop-O9500R SDH/SONET rings, through its E1/T1 ports.
Initially all services remain running on the new SDH/SONET cloud, and its characteristics will be very close to
those on the aged SDH/SONET cloud.
2023 Catalog 5
Solution
1.5. Dismantling Aged SDH/SONET Backbone
Hybrid NMS Transport Transport

Transport Transport
Transport
O9500R O9500R O9500R

E1/T1 E1/T1
Access E1/T1
Mux RTU Access Mux RTU Access Mux RTU
Mux NMS
After all services are cut over, the aged SDH/SONET backbone can be dismantled, leaving only the new
Hybrid backbone.
1.6. Programming New Services

O9500R O9500R O9500R

E1/T1 E1/T1
Access Mux RTU Access E1/T1
Mux RTU Access Mux RTU
Mux NMS
Via the Hybrid NMS, some services can be transferred from SDH/SONET rings to MPLS-TP rings for
learning, testing, and actual service.
6
Solution
1.7. Directly-connected RTUs and Dismantling Aged E1/T1 Mux

O9500R O9500R O9500R

RTU RTU RTU
Once the E1/T1 Mux becomes aged, customers can directly connect their RTUs to the access nodes on the
Hybrid cloud, bypassing the aged access and E1/T1 nodes. Those can then be dismantled.
O9500R has integrated Access in the same chassis. It supports various digital access interfaces for most
RTU connection.
1.8. Finish Migrating Aged SDH/SONET Backbone to MPLS-TP
SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

O9500R O9500R O9500R

RTU RTU RTU
Ultimately, the whole network will consist of Loop-O9500R all-in-one devices with a single NMS.
The Loop-O9500R can provide Hybrid Transport services with all-in-one integrated access, streamlined for
one new network/NMS.
Existing Access Mux can be re-used without having to re-wire to RTUs.
Moving existing services to new SDH network with the same performance (easier on service cut-over).
Moving services from SDH/SONET to MPLS-TP with simple commands via single NMS without any re-wiring.
2023 Catalog 7
Solution
2. Bridging SDH/SONET Network with Packet Network
SDH/SONET Ring
with SNCP/UPSR protection
Loop-O9500R Loop-O9500R
Ethernet over Ethernet over

SDH/SONET SDH/SONET
Operation Control Center (OCC) Railway/MRT Stations
IP
IP PABX Microphone PA
phone
SNMP
Loop-G7820 Loop-G7820
Loop-iNET
L2 Switch L2 Switch
Management
CMS NVR TV wall CCTV
Ethernet Ethernet
L3 Switch VRRP L3 Switch VRRP
IP Ring with G.8032 ERPS protection
Management, communication, and video surveillance over substations bridged via Loop switches and ADM.
Dual Ring: IP phone and IP voice traffic via SDH/SONET ring, and CCTV footage via IP ring.
Loop-G7820 and O9500R compliant with EN50121-4 standards for Railway Substation Environment.
8
Solution
3. Hybrid Backbone for Military Application
Packet-Switched SDH/SONET
Network Network
Loop-O9500R
STM-16
10 GbE
(OC-48)
Military Base Camps
Ethernet Voice
Phone
PABX
NVR LAN CMS IP Cam PC
Communication between military sites via PSN (MPLS/CE) and SDH/SONET network.
IP camera via Ethernet for surveillance, Voice devices via SDH/SONET for communication.
Loop-O9500R for PSN and SDH/SONET transportation and end services aggregation.
2023 Catalog 9
Solution
4. Aviation Radar Clock Stability for Air Traffic Control
Synchronized Clock
+
Point-to-point RS232 Sync Data
Monitor
Panel
Control
Echo Radar Runway
Tower
E&M E&M
RS232 RS232
E1/T1 PDH/SDH/SONET E1/T1

Network
Loop-AM3440 Loop-AM3440
E1/T1 E1/T1
E&M/RS232 E&M/RS232
Correct and synchronized signals transmitted via radars at civil aviation or military sites.
AM3440 TDM Multiplexer transmit Clock and synchronized data via 8UDTEA or 6UDTEA modules.
10
Solution
5. Telecommunication: New Generation DS0 Cross

Connect System
1:N
Protection
(N=1-7)
E1/T1
Loop-AM3440
DS0 Mux
STM-1/OC-3/
E3/T3(DS0)/E1/T1 E1/T1
Uplink
CPE
E1/T1
CPE
504 E1/T1
Downlink
Loop-iNET GUI
Cross Connect Loop-V4150
Management
E1/T1
CPE
E1/T1
Uni-directional/ CPE
Bi-directional
Monitoring & Splitting
E1/T1
CPE
New generation models blessed with modern technology provide high quality and long withstanding services.
Loop DS0 Cross Connect units provide scalable TDM grooming solution to maximize E1/T1 channel fill rate.
Cross connection management by GUI Loop-iNET for intuitive operation experience.
2023 Catalog 11
Solution
6. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 4G
4G 4G
Mobile Mobile
BTS / Node B BTS / Node B
E1 / GbE E1 / GbE
SyncE / PTP 1588 v2 SyncE / PTP 1588 v2
Loop-G7860A Loop-G7860A Loop-G7860A

GbE 10 GbE
Carrier Carrier
Ethernet Ethernet
Loop-G7860A Loop-G7860A Loop-G7860A
GbE GbE
SyncE / PTP 1588 v2 SyncE / PTP 1588 v2
4G
Mobile
BTS / Node B BTS / Node B
Loop-G7860A high bandwidth grooming for PTN Carrier Ethernet backhaul.

Support time and phase synchronization over PSN: SyncE and PTP 1588v2.
12
Solution
7. Cellular Base Station Optical Connections for 3G
Radio Network Controller

(RNC)
FE+E1
SDH Metro
Network
STM-16 ADM STM-16 ADM
(Traffic Grooming) (Traffic Grooming)
FE+E1 FE+E1 FE+E1 FE+E1
Loop- Loop-
O9340S O9340S
Loop-O9340S Loop-O9340S
Optical Fiber Optical Fiber
Optical Fiber Optical Fiber
Loop-O9340S Loop-O9340S
Loop-O9340S Loop-
FE+E1 FE+E1 FE+E1 FE+E1 O9340S
BTS BTS BTS BTS
Loop-O9340S Multi-Services Gigabit FOM for Cell-Site and Leased Line Connections.
High Reliability 1+1 Line APS protection.
Best solution for mobile backhaul 3G BTS.
Aggregate throughput at least 860 Mbps.
2023 Catalog 13
Solution
8. Oil and Gas: Communication between Remote Sites

and Offices
Office #1 Office #2
Server Server
Loop- Loop-
O9500R O9500R
MPLS-TP
Network
SCADA SCADA
PABX PABX
Loop- Loop- Loop-

AM3440 AM3440 AM3440
RTU Phone CCTV RTU Phone CCTV RTU Phone CCTV
Oil Drilling Site Factory and Refinery Oil Mining Site
TDM and Ethernet devices aggregated by Loop-AM3440 and transported via packet microwave radio.
Remote sites monitored by offices in metropolitan areas real-time via MPLS-TP backbone network.
14
Solution
9. Power Electrical Substations: Communication with

Protection
Electrical Substation #2 Dual
E1/T1
cards
C37.94
E&M CCPB-
RS232 2GEa or
8GEHSWa
Loop-AM3440
Teleprotection Relay CPU cards
GbE
backup
PTN (MPLS/CE)
E1/T1
10G Double Ring GbE
Main Ring
Loop-
G7860A
GbE
Loop-G7860A Protection
E1/T1
GbE
backup
CCPB- Electrical Substation #1

2GEa or
8GEHSWa
CPU cards
C37.94
E&M
RS232
Teleprotection Relay
Dual Loop-AM3440
E1/T1
cards
Dual Loop-G7860A PTN10G rings with OAM for backbone protection at node level.
Loop-AM3440 Access Multiplexer with voice interfaces to merge substation signals onto backbone transport.
Loop-AM3440 uplink with dual CCPB-2GEa/8GEHSWa controllers and/or dual E1/T1 modules for link
protection, protection switching time < 50 ms.
2023 Catalog 15
Solution
10. CCTV Packet Network for Airport LRT
iNET
two Eth links
OCC with iNET System, Site1 Loop-AM3440
LAN Cable
Loop-
G7820 Loop-
G7820
NVR call up
NVR IVS
1G G.8032 Ring CMS
(Optical Fiber Cable) VRRP
TV wall
Station, Site2
Loop- Station, Site3

IP6820 Loop-
IP6820
CCTV CCTV
The packet network for CCTV enables OCC to access footage up call-up via Loop-iNET.
VRRP paired L3 switches provide redundancy for protection at node level for service continuity and stability.
Footage transported over Loop-IP6820 and Loop-G7820 via IP/Ethernet back OCC.
16
Solution
11. NG Enterprise Secured Network Solution
MPLS 5G Internet
SD-WAN
VRRP Protection ERPS Protection VRRP Protection
Untrusted
Traffic Loop-G7820 Loop-G7820
Trusted
to
Traffic
Firewall
VLAN 10 Untrusted Zone VLAN 110 Trusted Zone
Office Scan GCB-NCM

Office Scan Office Scan Office Scan
Loop-ISS2180 is an integral solution of open networking platform with VNFs that enables complete security
visibility through iNET and provides threat protection across the entire attack surface from endpoints to
servers.
Powered by Fortinet NG firewall with application oriented SDWAN enables cost effective, load balance and
high availability connection to offices around the world.
Not only External traffic but also internal un-trusted traffic can be tackled by NG firewall with stateful traffic
filtering, URL filtering, application control and IPS. Trusted traffic can be efficiently switched and routed on
the 10 Gbps ERPS backbone of G7820.
Innovated rating algorithm of Loop to classify traffic into trust/un-trust by GCB and Office Scan result to
provide effective response for threat events.
2023 Catalog 17
Solution
12. IIOT Communication with Unmanned IT Room
Temperature
Monitor
Door Status
Intrusion
Humidity Detection
Monitor
Leak
Alarm Detction
Controller
(Main+Backup)
Up to 100 sensors link
Switch/Router
Web Browser SMS & Email Notice Remote Cloud

Main Server
Working status and readings at unmanned sites collected for operation.

With the deployment of IOT0510 and probe sets, the environment is fully monitored.
The controller receives the data and deliver the data to Web browser or mobile SMS notification.
18
Solution
13. Mission Critical Communication: Instrument

Landing System
ALSF Approach Lighting System with Sequenced Flashing Lights
FFM Far Field Monitor
IM Inner Marker
MALS Medium Intensity Approach Lighting System
MM Middle Marker
PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicator
RVR Runway Visual Range
Air Traffic Control Tower

Loop-O9500R
All-in-One
(Mux + Channel Bank) Tower
Equipment
Loop-O9500R
LOC ASR GS RT/R LOC
Fiber Splice Fiber Splice

Loop-O9500R Loop-O9500R Loop-O9500R
MM RVR MM
ALSF PAPI MALS
FFM
FFM
IM Counter Rotating
Fiber Pairs (2 Pairs)
Loop-O9500R is used as an all-in-one mux+channel bank in this airport application in an instrument landing
system (ILS.) It can also be used in the air traffic control (ATC) system and ATC surveillance radar system.
Solution includes an optical ring that supports different subsystems based on specific application (i.e. MALS.)
Plug-in cards such as Loop-O9500R-8GES4SWA and Loop-O9500R-8EMA provide course guidance on
airport runways.
2023 Catalog 19
Solution
14. Emergency 911 Network System Centralization
PSTN PSTN PSTN PSTN PSTN PSTN

911 Caller 911 Caller 911 Caller 911 Caller 911 Caller 911 Caller
Local Local Local Local Local Local

Telco Telco Telco Telco Telco Telco
T1/FT1
T1/FT1
T1/FT1
T1/FT1
T1/FT1
T1/FT1
IP6704A IP6704A IP6704A IP6704A IP6704A IP6704A
Pseudowire
Pseudowire
Pseudowire
Pseudowire
Pseudowire
Pseudowire
CARRIER
NETWORK
Call Data Center
G7860A
SIP Emergency SIP

Call Router
SIP SIP
PSAP PSAP PSAP PSAP
Loop-IP6704A provides remote phone line (fractional T1) edge access for the carrier at a local distribution
point closest to the party requesting 911 services.
Integration and consolidation of the fractional T1s are handled at the regional call centers via the Loop-
G7860A for processing and retransmission to the local dispatch center, who in turn release the proper
emergency vehicles or service.
This application consolidates many fractional T1s into fewer consolidated T1s, thus reducing the cost and
complexity of the Emergency Call Router equipment.
20
Solution
15. Fiber Optimization
Fiber Optimization
4 or 8 clients CWDM or DWDM
over single bidirectional fiber
GE GE
Mux/Demux
Mux/Demux
GE GE
TXP
TXP
10GE 10GE
10GE 10GE
Loop-WDM1800 Loop-WDM1800
STM-16 STM-16
Loop-WDM1800's CWDM/DWDM filters multiplex Lambda at one end of the fiber, and demultiplex it at the
other end. The Lambda can be issued from an active terminal with colored SFP or by the Transponder.
The Transponder converts the standard optical wavelength to a colored wavelength or Lambda.
Such configuration can optimize the length of fiber to 60km without amplification.
16. Long Distance Links Extension

Long Distance Links Extension
BOEDFA
GE
PREDFA
Mux/Demux
GE
DCM
TXP
10GE
10GE
GE Loop-WDM1800
Loop-WDM1800 STM-16
Mux/Demux
GE
TXP
10GE
10GE DWDM bidirectional fiber
BOEDFA
4 clients GE/10GE at 160km or
STM-16 PREDFA 8 clients GE/10GE at 140km
DCM
Because of the high level of optical signal dispersion generated by high speed signals, to increase the
distance of 10GE, the signal has to be transmitted over narrow band DWDM by using DWDM SFP/SFP+ and
DWDM filter.
This DWDM signal can be amplified by an EDFA-Booster.
To achieve longer distance extension, an EDFA-Preamplifier is added to the end of the line before DWDM
DEMUX.
For long-haul, it is necessary to add a Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) at level of Booster and
Preamplifier along the line.
2023 Catalog 21
Solution
17. OTN Multiplexing
OTN Multiplexing FE
OTU2 10Gbits fiber GE

Up to 7 clients Σ >10GE
MXP
FE GE
GE Loop-WDM1800 STM-1
MXP
GE STM-4
STM-1 Loop-WDM1800 STM-16
STM-4
STM-16
The Optical Transport Network (OTN) is a Layer 2 multiplexing to enable the transport of optical packet
based and SDH/SONET traffic.
The MuxPonder can multiplex up to 7 network connections (FE, GE, STM1/4/16 or OC3/12/48) over a single
fiber interface with a rate of 10 Gigabit as OTU2 interface.
This solution makes it easy to deploy low rate to high rate packet and legacy data over a simple leased 10G
fiber.
18. C/DWDM (Single-Fiber, Bi-Direction) with Protection
C/DWDM (Single-Fiber, Bi-Direction) with

Protection
Transponder Transponder
1310 1310
#1 #1
Optical Fiber #1
OLP OLP
1310 1310
#2 WDM WDM #2
Mux Mux
Demux Demux
...
...
1310 1310
#n Optical Fiber #2 #n
The transmission of 4 or 8 channel CWDM/DWDM is done by 4 or 8 Lambdas over 2 unidirectional fiber, or

with 8 or 16 Lambdas over a single bidirectional fiber as shown above.
Loop Telecom proposes a solution of CWDM/DWDM transmission over a single bidirectional fiber.
22
2
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System 24
Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management System (EMS) 26
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool 28
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System

Features Description
● User-friendly GUI (Graphical User Interface) Loop-iNMS (Integrated/Intelligent Network Management
● GUI client runs on Microsoft Windows platform. System) is a set of intelligent software programs used
● Server software runs on Linux for providing a Graphical User Interface (GUI) for the
● Database Server: Oracle 19c management of a communications network containing
● End-to-end service management Loop Telecom products. It can be categorized into 3
● Fully supports all SNMP functions including groups below:
commands, alarms, and statistics gathering
● Scalable up to 50 separate GUI clients (1) TDM Access, which includes E1 CSU/DSU, HDSL
simultaneously logged into the iNMS server CSU/DSU, and IDSL CSU/DSU
● Allows viewing and printing of all node statistics and (2) Optical Transmission, which includes SDH/SONET
alarm reports ADM (Add-Drop Multiplex)
● Configurable report design provides routine and on- (3) IP/Ethernet interfaces
demand reports
● Enriched topology management integrated with The GUI runs on a user-supplied computer running
optional GIS geographic maps Microsoft Windows platform. Via LAN or WAN, up to 50
- Features zoom and drag-and-drop functionality separate GUI clients can be concurrently logged into
- Views of optical cable connection, cross- iNMS.
connection, panel view, and resource trees
increase service availability Workforce management is facilitated by multiple levels of
● Robust and reliable configuration management login security, which provide the network manager great
scales to add additional network elements in flexibility in work assignments. The hierarchical grouping
distributed system architecture featuring cities, buildings, and rooms allows rapid access
● Efficient performance monitoring in real-time and to the desired network elements.
history PM data at the NE level and circuit level
● Alarm management provides automatic notification All SNMP provided functions are available in Loop-
via e-mail, GSM message (SMS), and audio alarms iNMS. This includes the execution of all commands, the
with advanced filtering system gathering of all statistics, and the display of all alarm
● Root Cause Analysis (RCA) accurately diagnoses conditions in real time. Maps and reports can be printed
faults on NEs and managed circuits by status and as well as viewed directly from the iNMS GUI clients.
severity levels
● System Access Security The support of Southbound Interface with NEs includes
- Role-based user access control. SNMP v1, v3, and others upon request. The northbound
- Customizable through any combination of interface is SNMP based. Loop-iNMS is flexibly designed
operation functions, geographical locations/areas, in a way to support nearly all types of southbound and
and NEs northbound protocol sets. Customization adaptation
● Customer support management, advanced circuit into different protocols is allowed and is available upon
diagnostics, and server self-management request.
● Advanced optional functions include
- SNMP Northbound Interface (SNMPNBI)
- Root Cause Analysis (RCA)
- Clock Distribution Map (CDM)
- Report Management Generic (RMG)
- HARC with Real-Time Data Replication and
system redundancy
- Disaster Recovery (DR) for System Redundancy
- 3rd-Party NE Management (3rdNE)
- Pseudowire Circuit Management (PWCKT)
- Circuit Group & Circuit Alarm (CGCA)
- Circuit-Level Performance (CPERF)
- DS0 SNCP Circuit Management (DS0SNCP)
- PDH ULSR Ring Circuit Management (PDHRING)
24
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Architecture
Primary Backup Loop-iNMS GUI Clients

iNMS iNMS
Device Pollers Database Core Database Core
Server Server
O9400R
O9550 O9400R
O9500R AM3440
SDH/SONET
SDH/SONET
Ring Ring
O9550 O9400R
AM3440
O9500R
O9500R
AM3440-A V4150 O9500R O9550 O9400R E1500 G7860A
Products compatible with Loop-iNMS
H3310S H3300-3S
Standards
ITU-T M.3010—Principles for a telecommunications management network
ITU-T M.3100—Generic Network Information Model.
ITU-T M.3200—TMN Management Service: Overview.
ITU-T M.3400—Management Functions
2023 Catalog 25
Network Management
Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management

System (EMS)
● Web based application following design of thin client Loop-iNET, based on the scalable and modularized
computing architecture, is a set of intelligent network management
● Windows style user desktop environment software programs which can be taken as both Element
● Supported browsers: Firefox, Google Chrome, and Management Layer (EML) and Network Management
Microsoft Edge (Chromium-based) Layer (NML) based the Telecommunications
● Supported server platform: MS Windows Management Network (TMN) model. This program is
● Database server: MySQL RDBMS
flexibly designed to manage your network regardless
● Multi-language support (upon request)
of size or complexity. You can add or remove any
● Geographic redundancy for business continuity and
disaster recovery that supports auto/manual failover component as you want without affecting operations of
including data replication the system. It provides a GUI (graphical user interface)
● System access security with role-based user access for the management of a communications network
control. The access privilege can be customized containing Loop Telecom products.
through any combination of operation functions and
managed NEs. User inherits privileges automatically The workforce management is facilitated by the
from group privilege multiple levels of login security, which provides the
● System operation and user access log network manager great flexibility of work assignment.
● Multi-hierarchical subnet structure allows user to The hierarchical grouping feature, cities, buildings,
provide multi-level network topology display
and rooms, allow rapid access to the desired network
● SNMP based management system that supports
element.
SNMPv1, v2 and v3 including the functions in
configuration, alarms, and statistics gathering on
network elements. Other protocol support includes All SNMP provided functions are available in Loop-
ICMP, NTP, and Syslog. iNET. This includes the execution of all commands, the
● Up to 100,000 Network Elements (NEs) and unlimited gathering of all statistics, and the display of all alarm
concurrent user connection logged into the iNET conditions in real time. The map and the reports can be
server printed as well as viewed directly from the iNET.
● Network elements of same model with different
versions managed by iNET simultaneously By offering feature-rich functionalities, Loop-iNET
● Scheduled statistics reports can be displayed and maximizes the network efficiency, minimizes the
saved in MS Excel/PDF format.
operating costs and reduces the potential risks.
● Enriched network topology management view
Moreover, it supports the protocols of SNMP, NTP, and
provides zoom-in/zoom-out, point-and-click and drag-
and-drop capabilities including NEs/links alarm and more (upon request). Customization adaptation into
connectivity status different protocols is allowed and upon request.
● Alarm management that provides automatic
suppressing and notification via Email with advanced
filtering system
● Build-in system monitoring and NE connectivity tool
with NE connectivity status for system administration
purpose
● Robust and reliable design based on distributed
system architecture which provides flexible and
scalable solution for network expansions.
● Performance management shows current statistics
for the NEs and system
● Advanced optional functions:
- Currently Active Alarm Summary (CAAS)
- Graphical Cross-connection Tool (GXC)
- North Bound Interface: v1/v2c/v3 (NBI)
- Disaster Recovery (DR)
- TDM Circuit Marker (TDMCKT)
- Packet Transport Network Circuit (PTN)
- Ethernet connectivity fault management (eCFM)
- Loopback/BERT tool (DGN)
- File Transfer (FT) supporting NAT configuration
- Trend Grapher (TG)
26
Network Management
Loop-iNET Architecture
Web GUI
MIB
Topology Alarm
Configuration
●●●
Resource Event NE Panel
Core
Resource Event Damon Notification System

Damon [RD] [ED] Damon [ND] Component
Management
ActiveMQ Server [SCMS] DB
Common
NE Panel Configuration
Service
Damon [NPD] Damon [CD] ●●●
Damon [CSD]
SBI
Trap Receiver Polling Agent
iNET Servers Web Browsers
●●● ●●●
Ethernet
Sub-Networks
Associated Management System Standards

Standards
ITU-T M.3010—Principles for a telecommunications management network

ITU-T M.3100—Generic Network Information Model.
ITU-T M.3200—TMN Management Service: Overview.
ITU-T M.3400—Management Functions
2023 Catalog 27
Network Management
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool

● Windows style user desktop environment Loop-LCT is based on Loop-iNET platform and provides
● Supported browsers: Firefox (32-bit), Google Chrome a GUI user interface for equipment configuration and
and Microsoft Edge management.
● Database server: PostgreSQL RDBMS
● SNMP based management system that supports It supports NE panel view and allows MIB table setting.
SNMP functions including commands, alarms, and Moreover, the Graphical Cross Connections (GXC) tool
statistics gathering. is quite helpful in managing the cross connections on
● Management of a Loop NE/ 3rd-party NE equipments. It is designed to manage equipments by
● Built-in MIB compiler for SNMP based NE using web browser. It allows you to access and perform
● Configuration upload/download operations and maintenance tasks with user friendly
● Firmware download tools.
● Graphical Cross-connect Tool (GXC)
● Diagnostics (BERT/Loopback Test) by port List of models supported: AM3430, AM3440-A,
● Trend Grapher (TG) for performance monitoring AM3440-B, AM3440C, AM3440D, AM3440E, O9150SA,
● NE panel view with LED, alarm indication & GUI O9170S, O9400CC4, O9400CC16, O9400R-PTN,
menu O9500CC4, O9500CC16, O9550A, O9550C, O9550D,
● NE firmware/hardware version detection O9500R-PTN, and V4150.
● Working TSI map selection, status & management
● Cross-connect information export/import Note 1: LCT software is free as long as the option on controller
● Cross-connect of data/voice type, frame/unframed, card is activated.
CAS ON/OFF Note 2: Please make sure at least one controller has the LCT
● Support Normal/SNCP/ULSR TSI mapping key activated..
● Support SNMP v1/v2c/v3
Application Illustrations
Network
AM3440 O9500R V4150
iNET-LCT for Equipment Management

28
3
Transport and Access all-in-one Box
Loop-G7800 mPTN MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network 30
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP 33
Loop-G7800 mPTN
MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network
PRELIMINARY
ETSI Front View of G7800

Description
G7800 supports both MPLS-TP and Carrier Ethernet (EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVC defined in MEF) for packet
transportation. In addition to native Ethernet transport, G7800 can be used as the gateway for PDH and SDH/SONET
networks to enter PSNs using Circuit Emulation and Encapsulation technologies. Encapsulation technologies include
TDMoE, TDMoIP, and TDMoMPLS. Circuit Emulation include CESoPSN (NxDS0/64K), SAToP (Unframed E1/T1), and
CEP (SDH/SONET paths). Pseudowires make grooming and multiplexing DS0, E1/T1, and SDH/SONET paths easier,
and service integrity can also be monitored and protected via packet network protection schemes.
One G7800 with core switching bandwidth up to 400Gbps supports 100GE, 10GE and 1GE along with additional TDM
interfaces, including STM-n/OC-n, E1/T1, and a rich variety of low-speed DS0 interfaces. The system is a perfect
combination of PTN/CE, SDH, and PDH technologies.
G7800 provides high availability and reliability required by Carrier, Power Utility, Military, Government and Transportation
applications by supporting MPLS-TP LSP 1:1/1+1 protection and ERPS, with protection switching time <50ms. Ethernet
and MPLS section and end-to-end OAM are also provided for monitoring service integrity and performance. The G7800
is 7U in height, and its powerful functions enable customers to provision a service-grooming hub, ring, or mesh 10G
packet network with ultimate ease.
Features
● Mechanical and Electrical ● MPLS-TP
- 7U height, 19” width ETSI unit (front access) - Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI
- Power supply: hot swappable DC, dual for (MPLS port) or UNI (Ethernet service port)
redundancy - Bi-directional LSP
- Operating Temperature: -20 ºC to 65 ºC - Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS
● System Capacity - Ethernet (VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS) and TDM
- Up to 2 x 100GE ports (CESoPSN, CEP, and SAToP) services
- Up to 30 x 10GE - MPLS-TP OAM and QoS
- Up to 56 x 1GE - TDM PW Support per card:
- Up to 100 x FE Base-T ● 32TE1 card: up to 256 pseudowires
- Up to 320 x E1/T1 ports ● B16 card: up to 1024 pseudowires
- Up to 160 x DS3 ports ● Carrier Ethernet
- 68 x STM-1 - L2 Switching/Bridging
- 34 x STM4 ports - STP, RSTP, MSTP
- 8 x STM16 ports - Port based VLAN and port isolation
30
- VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) ● Timing

- CE OAM - SSM quality level compatible
● CFM: Ethernet Service OAM (802.1ag/Y1731) - IEEE 1588 v2 (via SyncE only)
● EFM: Ethernet Link OAM (802.3ah) ● PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
- Flow Control ● ToD (Time of day)
- Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) ● 1-PPS (One Pulse per second) output interface
- Jumbo Frame (MTU) = 9600 ● G.8265.1 Profile (Frequency Synchronization)
- EPL, EVPL, EP-LAN, EPV-LAN, EP-Tree - SyncE
- E-Access: EPL-Access, EPVL-Access ● Synchronous Ethernet from all built-in and plug-
● Network Protection in GbE, 10GbE ports
- MPLS-TP ● ITU-T Ethernet Synchronous Message Channel
● LSP 1+1/1:1 (ESMC)
● LSP E2E protection switching < 50ms - Stratum 3 timing
● PW Redundancy - TDM line clock: E1/T1 and STM/OC ports
● Based on TP OAM for fault detection - External clock input and output (2 Mbps / 2
- CE MHz)
● ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection ● Management
● ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection - Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
- SDH/SONET - Fully manageable via CLI
● STM-n/OC-n MSP 1+1 Protection ● Serial port
● TDM Pseudowire Services ● SSH, Telnet via Ethernet
- Circuit Emulation - GbE Interface in-bands
● DS0 (64K timeslots): CES & multiframe PW - Account Security
● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW ● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only)
● VC-3/4/11/12, VT-1.5/2, STS-1/3: CEP PW and Administrator (read and write)
- PDH Timing recovery: ACR/DCR/System ● Radius Client and 802.1x Authentication
- ACR/DCR support - Upload/Download NE configuration
- SDH Circuit Emulation over Packet (CEP) - Syslog, NTP
- Encapsulation - SNMP Port 1:1 Protection
● PW/LSP (TDM over MPLS-TP),
- Console 1+1 Protection
● “Dry martini”, MEF 8 (TDM over Ethernet), ● L3
● TDM over IP - VRF without multicast protocols
- DS0 cross-connection - ARP, Ping, Trace route
● Two-way FE1(N*DS0) to FE1/VC12/STM1
- VRRP
cross-connection
- Static Route
● Two-way FE1(N*DS0) to FE1(N*DS0) cross-
- RIP v1/v2
connection - OSPF
● Ethernet Pseudowire Services
- Routing among Physical Ethernet ports, VLAN
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF
virtual port (VLAN routing), and PW ports.
9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS*
- 32 Subinterfaces
- Native Ethernet packets supported
- IGMP v2/v3
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN
- PIM-SM
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)
● VPLS - NTP server/client
- VPLS bridging
- H-VPLS bridging *Future Option
- 128K MAC addresses
- 2K VPLS instances per device
- Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
● CoS/QoS
- 8 Priority Queues
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service
- CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color
- MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior
Scheduling Class) LSP
2023 Catalog 31
Slot & Card Compatibility (G7800 with CC2/CHA Chassis)

Mini Slot S1~S2 S3, S4
Card C1&C2 System
A~F S7~S10 S5, S6
Total
DS0 DS0 DS0
Slot 1G 1G 10G Capacity
Half Full Full
CC2 (2*100G) x V x x 2*100G + 12*10G +16*1G
XGEO x x V V 18*10G
All Mini Cards
V x x x -
from AM3440-D
All Full Cards
x x V V -
from AM3440-x
32*E1/T1 card x x V V 320*E1/T1
24*DS3 card x x V V 240*DS3
GFEO
x x V V 100*FE BaseT
GFET
GFEO 4*10G
x x x V
GFET 40*1G
8*STM-16/
2B2G5 x x x V
32*STM-4/1
4*STM-4/ 16*STM-1
1B2G5 x x V V
6*STM-4/ 24*STM-1
32
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP

Description
The Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP
(Integrated Multi-Services Access Platform) is an
economical, all-in-one solution for integrating various
types of signals and transportation over various types
of networks within one enclosure. Its universal roles
and modular design make it effortless to perform
traffic grooming for both peripheral and core networks
by providing access interfaces, multiplexing, cross-
Features connection, gateways, and transportation channels.
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf For access interfaces, 10+ low-speed modules are
● SDH/SONET VCn/VTn Cross-Connect Capacity: designed to encapsulate industry specific signals into
14Gbps bidirectional non-blocking DS0 timeslots. These interfaces include Voice (e.g. FXS,
● PTN (CE and MPLS-TP) Switching Capacity: FXO, E&M, and etc.), Digital (e.g. RS232, RS449, X.21,
100Gbps bidirectional non-blocking and etc.), Teleprotection (e.g. G.703, C37.94) and so on.
● Hot-swappable modular design
- Cross-connect unit (controller modules, XCU)
For multiplexing and cross-connection, O9500R
● STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines
● Software configurable provides non-blocking cross-connection of up to 672
- Tributary Modules DS0 timeslots, which equal to 21 E1 channels, to serve
● High-Speed/High Density (HS) modules (VC/VT XC) as a MUX/DACS, and VC-n/VT-n fabric for SDH/SONET
● Low-Speed (LS) modules (DS0 XC) non-blocking cross-connection to serve as an ADM.
- Power Modules (DC)
● 48 Vdc, 500W For transportation, high-speed modules provide
● Dual Power (1+1) Protection transportation channels such as 10Gb MPLS/Carrier
● Cross-connect Unit Protection Scheme Ethernet/IP switching and routing from PTN10G card,
- Dual controller for redundancy STM-1/4/16(OC-3/12/48) channels from Controller,
- MSP (1+1) B155/622, and B2G5 cards, Optical channels from 7-port
- SNCP/UPSR Ring FOM cards, E1/T1 channels from 63-port E1/T1 cards,
● Protection Schemes
and E3/T3 channels from 3-port E3/T3 cards.
- E1/T1: Card(1:1), Port (1:1), Line (1+1), DS0
SNCP (3E1/T1 card only)
- E3/T3: Line (1+1) For gateways, the signals from different interfaces
- XCU, B155/622: MSP 1+1, SNCP/UPSR can be freely encapsulated, cross-connected, and
- B2G5: MSP 1+1 transported over a variety of transportation networks.
- Ethernet Card Protection For instance, E1/T1 and E3/T3 channels can be
- PTN10G Switch Fabric 1:1 encapsulated into VT/VC paths and transported over
- MPLS tunnel LSP (1+1/1:1), switch time <50ms SDH/SONET. Modules such as TDMoE and 8GESW
- SNMP Port 1:1 Protection make it possible for TDM traffic to be transported over
- Console 1+1 Protection Ethernet (DS0 over Ethernet) and the other way around
● Ethernet Functions (Ethernet over SDH/SONET) via circuit emulation and
- Link Aggregation (Inter and Intra board) virtual concatenation technologies. Using the PTN10G
- External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM via card, SDH/SONET and DS0 circuits can also be
SyncE, IEEE 1588, and TDM clocks
encapsulated for packet network transportation.
- Ethernet over SDH/SONET supports GFP, LAPS,
VCAT, LCAS and non-LCAS
- Alarm suppression, masking and reports Multiple protection schemes are designed at different
● Circuit Emulation and Encapsulation for TDM data over levels, including path-level SNCP/UPSR and section-
Packet Switched Network (SAToP, CESoPSN, CEP) level MSP (1+1) for SDH/SONET, circuit and line
● Management protection for access interfaces, DS0 SNCP/UPSR
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven and ULSR for low-speed modules, MPLS-TP with two
- SNMP, Telnet and SSH for remote management LSPs per tunnel, ELPS and ERPS, and 1+1 module
- In-band management channels redundancy for power, controller, and plug-in cards.
● SDH/SONET DCC (XCU, B16, B2G5)
● MPLS pseudowire (PTN10G) Performance and fault are also monitored to ensure
● DS0 timeslots (LS cards) service integrity. Operation, Administration, Maintenance
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS and Provisioning (OAM&P). These functionalities are
● Loop-iNET GUI (EMS)
fully incorporated into the operation system. O9500R is
● Loop-iNMS (NMS) with full FCAPS and end-to-
fully compatible with Loop-iNET (EMS) and Loop-iNMS
end circuit management and diagnosis
- Bridge mode or OSPF routing (Integrated NMS) to achieve centralized management for
large scale networks.
● RoHS compliant
2023 Catalog 33
O9500R (CCPA) Compatible Tributary Modules
Plug-in cards with yellow background are high-speed cards using 622M backplane , and those with magenta background
are high-speed cards using 2.5G backplane . Plug-in cards without background color are low-speed cards.
Type Module Description

PTN10G 3 x 10GbE + 8 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
PTNext 10 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
2-channel STM-1 (OC-3) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
B155/622
B2G5 1-channel STM-16 (OC-48) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
63 port E1/T1 tributaries
High-speed/ E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries
High Density 16 port E1/T1 tributaries
(HS)
63 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
E1(75 ohm) 32 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
3 T3 or 3 E3 software programmable interface with M13/Mx3 function for T3 interface
E3/T3
only
8 GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch
8GESW
(8GES4SWA/8GES16SWA)
RTB 8-port Bridge/Router
4E1/4T1 4-channel E1/T1
3E1/3T1* 3-channel E1/T1
2GH 2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) without line power
6CDA 6-channel G.703 Interface at 64 Kbps data rate
4C37 4 channel C37.94 (low-speed optical)
8RS232 8-channel RS232/V.24
8DC 8-channel Dry Contact I/O
Low-speed (LS) 8DCB 8-channel Dry Contact I/O type B
Single slot 8E&MA 8-channel 2W/4W E&M
12FXSA 12-channel FXS
12FXOA 12-channel FXO
12MAGA 12-channel Magneto
TDMoEA 4 GbE for TDM signal over Ethernet
8DBRA 8-channel Data Bridge
8UDTEA 8-channel DTE
1FOMB 1 port FOM (1FOMB)
OCUDPA 8-channel OCU/DP
Low-speed (LS)
TTA Four ports for DTT input and output.
Dual slot
*Future Option
34
Front Panel View of O9500R (CHPAa with CCPA)
2023 Catalog 35
Tributary Module: Maximum Capacity without Protection
High-speed System Max.

Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
Module Channels
E1/T1 E1/T1 63 63 63 63 252
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 3 3 3 12
8GES4SWA GbE 8 8 8 8 32
STM-1 2 2 2 2 8
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1 4
B2G5 STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A 1
10GE N/A N/A 3 N/A 3
PTN10G
1GE N/A N/A 8 N/A 8
Maximum Channels
Low-speed Module Channel
TRIB 11~16 each System
1FOMB FOM 1 6
RTB FE bridge and router 8 48
2/4 channel G.SHDSL G.SHDSL 2/4 12/24
4E1/T1 E1/T1 4E1/4T1 21E1/28T1
3E1/T1* E1/T1 3 18
6CDA G.703 6 36
4C37 C37.94 4 24
8DC Dry Contact 8 48
8DCB Dry Contact 8 48
8RS232 RS232 8 48
12FXSA FXS 12 72
12FXOA FXO 12 72
12MAGA Magneto 12 72
8E&MA E&M 8 48
TDMoEA TDMoE 4 24
8DBRA RS232 8 48
8UDTEA RS232/RS422/RS449 8 48
OCUDPA OCU/DP 8 48
6UDTEA RS232/X.21/V.35/V.36/EIA530 6 36
*Future Option
Tributary Module: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection
HS Module Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4

STM-1 2 2 2 2
STM-1 MSP (1+1) 2 2
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1
STM-4 MSP (1+1) 1 1
STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A
B2G5 N/A N/A 1 N/A
STM-16 MSP (1+1)
N/A N/A 1
36
Controller Card: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection
Channel XCU 1 XCU 2 System

2 2 4
STM-1/4/16 1 MSP (1+1) 1 MSP (1+1) 2
2 MSP (1+1) 2
Note 1 STM-16 (OC-48) is not available on O9500-R-CCPA-S4 unless activated by a feature activation license.
Note 2 MSP (1+1) chains on XCU (W) and XCU (E) can be paired as follows:
XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) XCU(E)
Card-level protection (horizontal): Port-level protection (vertical):
P2 P2 P2 P2
XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(E) port 1 XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(W) port 2
P1 P1 XCU(W) port 2 and XCU(E) port 2 P1 P1 XCU(E) port 1 and XCU(E) port 2
Tributary Module: Non-SDH/SONET High-speed Channel and Protection
Number of channels
HS Module Channel Protection
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
X 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63

16/32/63TE E1/T1
O 16/32/63 (B) 16/32/63 (B)
X 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
3TE E3/T3
O 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B)
Ethernet X 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports

8GES4SWA
10/100/1000BT O 8 ports (B) 8 ports (B)
PTN10G 10GbE X N/A N/A 3 3 (B)

Note 2
1GbE X N/A N/A 8 8 (B)
1GbE X 10 10 N/A N/A

PTNext
Note 3
10GbE X 1 1 N/A N/A
(B) signifies backup/protection
Note 1: Protection Group on O9500R shall always be neighboring Tributary cards. Two cards of the identical model shall be mounted
on TRIB 1 & 2 or TRIB 3 & 4 to form a protection group. TRIB 1 and TRIB 3 serve as the primary cards while TRIB 2 and TRIB
4 serve for protection.
Note 2: PTN10G card on TRIB 4 should be registered to protection, even if PTN10G on TRIB 3 is not available for up to 3 x 10G and 8
x 1G. PTN10G card on TRIB 3 can only be registered without protection for up to 3 x 10G and 8 x 1G. PTN10G card on TRIB 3
and TRIB 4 can also be registered with protection for up to 6 x 10G and 16 x 1G.
Note 3: The 1GbE ports and the 10GbE port are mutually exclusive. This card only works with PTN10G.
2023 Catalog 37
Application Illustration
PTN and SDH/SONET Ring Application
O9500R acts as a node in a PTN 10G Network ring or as an Emulation Gateway to merge SDH/SONET traffic onto PTN
(MPLS/CE) stream. Distinct from O9400R, O9500R is also capable of cross-connecting PDH and SDH/SONET traffic
within the same enclosure, acting as both a Terminal Multiplexer (TM) and a Cross-connect system (DACS).
O9400R and O9500R

as a node in PTN
network
O9400R
O9500R
PTN (MPLS/CE)
10 GbE
Network
10G 10G
O9400R and
O9500R as an
Emulation Gateway
O9400R
O9500R
SDH SDH
STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16
SONET SONET
OC-3/12/48 OC-3/12/48
Network Network
O9500R
VC12(VT2)/VC11(VT1.5)
XC fabric
to replace old
SDH(SONET) Network
PDH, T1/E1,DS3,
O9500R STM-n(OC-n), GbE O9500R
38
Dual Ring and Triple Role
One O9500R can be simultaneously connected to PTN and SDH/SONET backbone rings. PTN10G module and STM-
16(OC-48) interface can be simultaneously mounted in O9500R and form a dual ring (PTN and SDH/SONET rings). The
roles of an O9500R can be a deluxe combination of an SDH/SONET ADM, a PTN MPLS Label Edge Router (LER), and
a PDH Multiplexer.
= + +
O9500R SDH/SONET ADM MPLS LER/LSR, PDH MUX/DCS
CE Switch, IP router
O9500R
as MPLS LER/LSR,
Switch and router
PTN (MPLS/CE) or IP
10 GbE
+`
SDH/SONTET
STM-16(OC-48)
O9500R O9500R
=ADM =PDH MUX/DCS
Voice, DTE
DS1, DS3
E1/T1, E3/T3
Eth, FE, GbE
O9500R
as MPLS LER/LSR,
Switch and router
AM3440 Server Voice Radio RTU PBX
2023 Catalog 39
40
4
SDH-SONET-MPLS Hybrid Transport
Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM 42
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP 46
Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM

● Protection
- Controller cross-connect unit (CCPA) protection,
MSP (1+1), SNCP/UPSR Ring
- Tributary protection
● E1/T1: Card/Port (1:1) using Y-box, Line (1+1)
● E3/T3: Line (1+1)
● B155/622: MSP, SNCP/UPSR
● B2G5: MSP
● Ethernet: Card protection
● PTN Switch Fabric 1:1
● Network Protection
- MSP 1+1
- SNCP/UPSR
Features - Ethernet Ring Protection (ERPS G.8032)
- Link Aggregation (Inter and Intra board)
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf support up to
- LSP Linear Protection (1+1/1:1) sub 50ms
2.5G Mbps backplane
- SNMP Port 1:1 Protection
● SDH/SONET VCn/VTn Cross-Connect Capacity:
15Gbps bidirectional non-blocking
● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
● PTN (CE and MPLS-TP) Switching Capacity:
- SyncE
100Gbps bidirectional non-blocking
- IEEE 1588
● Modular design, Hot-swappable cross-connect
- TDM clocks
modules, tributary modules, SFP and SFP+ optical
● TM, ADM, and cross-connect
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary
● Full cross-connect at VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 levels
modules and power modules
● Support framed and unframed VC4-4 and VC4-4c
● Temperature-controlled fan tray
● Aggregate cross-connect modules (controller
● Ethernet supports GFP, LAPS, VCAT, BCP, LCAS
modules)
and non-LCAS
- Up to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines
● Management
with software configuration (CCPA)
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven
● Tributary modules: 8 tributary slots
- SNMP port: Both v1 and v3 supported
- Two ports STM-1 (OC-3) or One port STM-4 (OC-
- Telnet, SSH, and Radius
12) module
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/iNMS
- Three ports E3/T3 module
over DCC channel
- 16/32/63 ports E1/T1 tributary module
- Loop-iNET GUI Element Management System
- One port STM-16 (OC-48)
- TMN management (Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS
- 8GE tributary module with L2 switch
and end-to-end circuit management
- PTN10G module (Three 10G or Eight 1G ports)
● RoHS compliant
- PTNext (One 10G or Ten 1G ports)
● DC Power Module (-40 to -72 Vdc), 500W
- Dual power (1+ 1) protection
Description
The Loop-O9400R is a standards-compliant high density SDH/SONET/ADM/TM with a full T1/E1 cross-connect rack
system.
The O9400R has full add-and-drop capability according to the figures below:
- 1 STM-16 tributaries
- 24 E3/T3 tributaries
- 64 10/100/1000M Ethernet EoS tributaries
- 6 10GbE and 16 1GbE tributaries
- 1 10GbE or 10 1 GbE (PTNext) tributaries
42
With up to 4 STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate interfaces on cross-connect modules and 16 STM-1 (OC-3) interfaces
on tributaries, the Loop-O9400R offers the service provider a versatile protection scheme including SNCP (UPSR), and
MSP (1+1) protection for network topology. Path protection switching can be automatically or manually activated through
a management system.
With the PTN10G interface card, the O9400R can transport SDH/SONET over PSN network. With O9400R as a gateway
between SDH/SONET and PTN, existing SDH/SONET network users will be able to migrate from SDH/SONET/PDH to
PTN network smoothly and seamlessly.
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI standards and ITU recommendations. The Loop-O9400R provides
powerful Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality, including fault management,
performance monitoring, configuration management, and network security management. Through a console port,
OAM&P can be achieved both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces.
The Loop-O9400R provides a complete set of operation interfaces that are consistent with the Telecommunication
Management Network (TMN) concept (ITU Recommendation M.30, G.784) for SDH/SONET Network Element/Operations
System (NE/OS), NE/NE, and NE/Craft communications. Users can easily operate the Loop-O9400R locally or remotely
for centralized management.
Loop-O9400R Front Panel
Tributary Module: Backplane Capacity
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5~8

4 x STM1 4 x STM1 4 x STM1 or 16 x STM1 4 x STM1 or 16 x STM1 4 x STM1
1 x 2.5G
2023 Catalog 43
Loop-O9400R Card Type and Capacity Reference Table

Table STM-1/4/16 (OC3/12/48) Aggregate Line
In this table, STM-16 can be OC-48, STM-4 can also be OC-12; STM-1 can also be OC-3; E1 can also be T1; and E3
can also be T3.
Tributary Protection Switch Group (TPSG) Bandwidth Allocation – Mode 1

SLOTS TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 XCU1(W) XCU2(E) TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB7 TRIB 8
CONNECTOR
4 X 155M N/A 4 X 155M N/A 4 X 155M N/A 4 X 155M N/A
GLOBAL 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
PAYLOAD 2 x 2.5G 2 x 2.5G
SDH 4 X 155M N/A 16 x 155M N/A 4 X 155M N/A 4 X 155M N/A
2 x 155M 2 x 155M 16 x 155M N/A 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
Tributary (Plug-in Modules)
STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1
Link without (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports)
MSP STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16
STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A
(2 ports) (2 ports)
STM-1 STM-1 STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16 STM-1 STM-1

Link with MSP (B) (B) (B) (B)
(2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports)
(1+1)
See Note 1 STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16
STM-4 (B) STM-4 (B) STM-4 STM-4 (B) STM-4 (B)
(2 ports) (2 ports)
Max 504 E1
63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1
(Single)
Max 252 E1
63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B)
(Protection)
Max. 24 E3
3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
(Single)
Max 12 E3
3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B)
(Protection)
8GES16SW 8GES16SW
N/A N/A N/A Note1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Single) Note1
8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x
8GES4SWA
10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000
(Single)
Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps
B2G5
N/A N/A B2G5 Note1 N/A Note1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Single)
B2G5
N/A N/A B2G5 (B) N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Protection)
PTN10G 3 x 10G and

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Single) 8 x 1G
PTN10G 6 x 10G and

N/A N/A (B) N/A N/A N/A N/A
(Protection) 16 x 1G
PTNext (with 6 x 10G and

10G or 1G 10G or 1G (B) N/A N/A N/A N/A
PTN10G only) 16 x 1G
Note 1: The B2G5 module is only applicable to O9400R’s tributary slot 3 and 4. The CHPA backplane support up to 2.5G Mbps mapping
bandwidth.
Note 2: (B) Signifies Backup/Protection
Note 3: ‘N/A’ means the same Tributary card of that row cannot be slotted into it (e.g. the 8GES16SW plug-in card cannot be inserted
into Slots 1~2 and Slots 5~8, but those slots can run other cards.)
44
Tributary Protection Switch Group (TPSG) Bandwidth Allocation – Mode 2
CONNECTOR
SLOTS TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 XCU1(W) XCU2(E) TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB7 TRIB 8
GLOBAL
PAYLOAD 4 X 155M 4 X 155M 4 X 155M 4 X 155M 2 x 2.5G 2 x 2.5G 4 X 155M 4 X 155M 4 X 155M 4 X 155M
SDH
Tributary (Plug-in Modules)
STM- STM-
STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1
1/4/16 1/4/16
(2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports)
Link without (2 ports) (2 ports)
MSP STM- STM-
STM-4 STM-4 STM-4 STM-4 1/4/16 1/4/16 STM-4 STM-4 STM-4 STM-4
(2 ports) (2 ports)
STM- STM-
STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1
(B) (B) 1/4/16 1/4/16 (B) (B)
Link with (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports) (2 ports)
(2 ports) (2 ports)
MSP (1+1)
See Note 1 STM- STM-
STM-4
STM-4 (B) STM-4 (B) 1/4/16 1/4/16 STM-4 STM-4 (B)
(B)
(2 ports) (2 ports)
Max 504 E1
63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1
(Single)
Max 252 E1
63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B)
(Protection)
Max. 24 E3
3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
(Single)
Max 12 E3
3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B)
(Protection)
8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x 8x
8GES4SWA
10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000 10/100/1000
(Single)
Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps
Note: Mode 2 does not support allocations that require CHPA 2.5G Mbps mapping bandwidth, including PTN10G, B2G5, or 8GES16.
Applications
Please see the entry for Loop-O9500R in the previous section, 3 - Transport and Access All-in-One Box, for application
illustrations.
2023 Catalog 45
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP

Description
The Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP
(Integrated Multi-Services Access Platform) is an
economical, all-in-one solution for integrating various
types of signals and transportation over various types
of networks within one enclosure. Its universal roles
and modular design make it effortless to perform
traffic grooming for both peripheral and core networks
Features by providing access interfaces, multiplexing, cross-
connection, gateways, and transportation channels.
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf
● SDH/SONET VCn/VTn Cross-Connect Capacity:
14Gbps bidirectional non-blocking For access interfaces, 10+ low-speed modules are
● PTN (CE and MPLS-TP) Switching Capacity: designed to encapsulate industry specific signals into
100Gbps bidirectional non-blocking DS0 timeslots. These interfaces include Voice (e.g. FXS,
● Hot-swappable modular design FXO, E&M, and etc.), Digital (e.g. RS232, RS449, X.21,
- Cross-connect unit (controller modules, XCU) and etc.), Teleprotection (e.g. G.703, C37.94) and so on.
● STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines
● Software configurable For multiplexing and cross-connection, O9500R
- Tributary Modules provides non-blocking cross-connection of up to 672
● High-Speed/High Density (HS) modules (VC/VT DS0 timeslots, which equal to 21 E1 channels, to serve
XC) as a MUX/DACS, and VC-n/VT-n fabric for SDH/SONET
● Low-Speed (LS) modules (DS0 XC) non-blocking cross-connection to serve as an ADM.
- Power Modules (DC)
● 48 Vdc, 500W For transportation, high-speed modules provide
● Dual Power (1+1) Protection transportation channels such as 10Gb MPLS/Carrier
● Cross-connect Unit Protection Scheme
Ethernet/IP switching and routing from PTN10G card,
- Dual controller for redundancy
STM-1/4/16(OC-3/12/48) channels from Controller,
- MSP (1+1)
B155/622, and B2G5 cards, Optical channels from 7-port
- SNCP/UPSR Ring
● Protection Schemes FOM cards, E1/T1 channels from 63-port E1/T1 cards,
- E1/T1: Card(1:1), Port (1:1), Line (1+1), DS0 and E3/T3 channels from 3-port E3/T3 cards.
SNCP (3E1/T1 card only)
- E3/T3: Line (1+1) For gateways, the signals from different interfaces
- XCU, B155/622: MSP 1+1, SNCP/UPSR can be freely encapsulated, cross-connected, and
- B2G5: MSP 1+1 transported over a variety of transportation networks.
- Ethernet Card Protection For instance, E1/T1 and E3/T3 channels can be
- PTN10G Switch Fabric 1:1 encapsulated into VT/VC paths and transported over
- MPLS tunnel LSP (1+1/1:1), switch time <50ms SDH/SONET. Modules such as TDMoE and 8GESW
- SNMP Port 1:1 Protection make it possible for TDM traffic to be transported over
- Console 1+1 Protection Ethernet (DS0 over Ethernet) and the other way around
● Ethernet Functions (Ethernet over SDH/SONET) via circuit emulation and
- Link Aggregation (Inter and Intra board) virtual concatenation technologies. Using the PTN10G
- External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM via card, SDH/SONET and DS0 circuits can also be
SyncE, IEEE 1588, and TDM clocks encapsulated for packet network transportation.
- Ethernet over SDH/SONET supports GFP, LAPS,
VCAT, LCAS and non-LCAS
Multiple protection schemes are designed at different
- Alarm suppression, masking and reports
● Circuit Emulation and Encapsulation for TDM data levels, including path-level SNCP/UPSR and section-
over Packet Switched Network (SAToP, CESoPSN, level MSP (1+1) for SDH/SONET, circuit and line
CEP) protection for access interfaces, DS0 SNCP/UPSR
● Management and ULSR for low-speed modules, MPLS-TP with two
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven LSPs per tunnel, ELPS and ERPS, and 1+1 module
- SNMP, Telnet and SSH for remote management redundancy for power, controller, and plug-in cards.
- In-band management channels
● SDH/SONET DCC (XCU, B16, B2G5) Performance and fault are also monitored to ensure
● MPLS pseudowire (PTN10G) service integrity. Operation, Administration, Maintenance
● DS0 timeslots (LS cards) and Provisioning (OAM&P). These functionalities are
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS fully incorporated into the operation system. O9500R is
● Loop-iNET GUI (EMS) fully compatible with Loop-iNET (EMS) and Loop-iNMS
● Loop-iNMS (NMS) with full FCAPS and end-to- (Integrated NMS) to achieve centralized management for
end circuit management and diagnosis large scale networks.
- Bridge mode or OSPF routing
● RoHS compliant
46
O9500R (CCPA) Compatible Tributary Modules
Plug-in cards with yellow background are high-speed cards using 622M backplane , and those with magenta background
are high-speed cards using 2.5G backplane . Plug-in cards without background color are low-speed cards.
Type Module Description

PTN10G 3 x 10GbE + 8 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
PTNext 10 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
B155/622
B2G5 1-channel STM-16 (OC-48) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
63 port E1/T1 tributaries
High-speed/
E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries
High Density
(HS) 16 port E1/T1 tributaries
E1(75 ohm) 32 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
E3/T3 3 T3 or 3 E3 software programmable interface with M13/Mx3 function for T3 interface only
8 GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch
8GESW
(8GES4SWA/8GES16SWA)
RTB 8-port Bridge/Router
4E1/4T1 4-channel E1/T1
3E1/3T1* 3-channel E1/T1
6CDA 6-channel G.703 Interface at 64 Kbps data rate
4C37 4 channel C37.94 (low-speed optical)
8RS232 8-channel RS232/V.24
8DC 8-channel Dry Contact I/O
Low-speed (LS) 8DCB 8-channel Dry Contact I/O type B
Single slot 8E&MA 8-channel 2W/4W E&M
12FXSA 12-channel FXS
12FXOA 12-channel FXO
12MAGA 12-channel Magneto
TDMoEA 4 GbE for TDM signal over Ethernet
8DBRA 8-channel Data Bridge
1FOMB 1 port FOM (1FOMB)
OCUDPA 8-channel OCU/DP
Low-speed (LS)
TTA Four ports for DTT input and output.
Dual slot
*Future Option
2023 Catalog 47
Front Panel View of O9500R (CHPAa with CCPA)
48
Tributary Module: Maximum Capacity without Protection
High-speed System Max.

Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
Module Channels
E1/T1 E1/T1 63 63 63 63 252
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 3 3 3 12
8GES4SWA GbE 8 8 8 8 32
STM-1 2 2 2 2 8
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1 4
B2G5 STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A 1
10GE N/A N/A 3 N/A 3
PTN10G
1GE N/A N/A 8 N/A 8
Maximum Channels
Low-speed Module Channel
TRIB 11~16 each System
1FOMB FOM 1 6
RTB FE bridge and router 8 48
2/4 channel G.SHDSL G.SHDSL 2/4 12/24
4E1/T1 E1/T1 4E1/4T1 21E1/28T1
3E1/T1* E1/T1 3 18
6CDA G.703 6 36
4C37 C37.94 4 24
8DC Dry Contact 8 48
8DCB Dry Contact 8 48
8RS232 RS232 8 48
12FXSA FXS 12 72
12FXOA FXO 12 72
12MAGA Magneto 12 72
8E&MA E&M 8 48
TDMoEA TDMoE 4 24
8DBRA RS232 8 48
8UDTEA RS232/RS422/RS449 8 48
OCUDPA OCU/DP 8 48
6UDTEA RS232/X.21/V.35/V.36/EIA530 6 36
*Future Option
Tributary Module: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection
HS Module Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4

STM-1 2 2 2 2
STM-1 MSP (1+1) 2 2
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1
STM-4 MSP (1+1) 1 1
STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A
B2G5 N/A N/A 1 N/A
STM-16 MSP (1+1)
N/A N/A 1
2023 Catalog 49
Controller Card: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection
Channel XCU 1 XCU 2 System

2 2 4
STM-1/4/16 1 MSP (1+1) 1 MSP (1+1) 2
2 MSP (1+1) 2
Note 1 STM-16 (OC-48) is not available on O9500-R-CCPA-S4 unless activated by a feature activation license.
Note 2 MSP (1+1) chains on XCU (W) and XCU (E) can be paired as follows:
XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) XCU(E)
P2 P2
Card-level protection (horizontal): P2 P2 Port-level protection (vertical):
XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(E) port 1 XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(W) port 2
P1 P1
P1 P1
XCU(W) port 2 and XCU(E) port 2 XCU(E) port 1 and XCU(E) port 2
Tributary Module: Non-SDH/SONET High-speed Channel and Protection
Number of channels
HS Module Channel Protection
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
X 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63

16/32/63TE E1/T1
O 16/32/63 (B) 16/32/63 (B)
X 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
3TE E3/T3
O 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B)
Ethernet X 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports

8GES4SWA
10/100/1000BT O 8 ports (B) 8 ports (B)
PTN10G 10GbE X N/A N/A 3 3 (B)

Note 2
1GbE X N/A N/A 8 8 (B)
PTNext 1GbE X 10 10 N/A N/A

Note 3
10GbE X 1 1 N/A N/A
(B) signifies backup/protection
Note 1: Protection Group on O9500R shall always be neighboring Tributary cards. Two cards of the identical model shall be mounted
on TRIB 1 & 2 or TRIB 3 & 4 to form a protection group. TRIB 1 and TRIB 3 serve as the primary cards while TRIB 2 and TRIB
4 serve for protection.
Note 2: PTN10G card on TRIB 4 should be registered to protection, even if PTN10G on TRIB 3 is not available for up to 3 x 10G and 8
x 1G. PTN10G card on TRIB 3 can only be registered without protection for up to 3 x 10G and 8 x 1G. PTN10G card on TRIB 3
and TRIB 4 can also be registered with protection for up to 6 x 10G and 16 x 1G.
Note 3: The 1GbE ports and the 10GbE port are mutually exclusive. This card only works with PTN10G.
Please see the entry for Loop-O9500R in the previous section, 3 - Transport and Access All-in-One Box, for application
illustrations.
50
5
Multi-Service Access Cross
Connect Multiplexer
Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX 52
Loop-AM3440-A Access DCS-MUX 53
Loop-AM3440-C Access DCS-MUX 59
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX 63
Loop-AM3440-E-CHEA IP/TDM DCS-MUX 66
Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB IP/TDM DCS-MUX MPLS-TP*/CE SWITCH 69
Loop-AM3440-A-CGA Access DCS-MUX 72
Loop-AM3440-D-CGD Access DCS-MUX 78
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System 83
Loop-O9150Sa SDH STM-1 TM/ADM 86
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX 88
Multi-Service Access Cross Connect Multiplexer
Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX
● 1 U height Shelf The Loop-AM3430 is an economical, cost effective
● DS0 DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) Access DCS-MUXs that combine various digital access
with full cross-connection interfaces into T1/E1 or FOM lines for convenient
● Supports 4 x T1/E1 or 2 x FOM E1 and 4 x E1 on transport and switching. Through T1/E1 or FOM
board uplinks, the AM3430 provides access for voice and data
● Supports 4 x hot-pluggable tributary slots communication over the network.
● Hot pluggable tributary interface modules including
- 4 port E&M This unit is a full cross-connect and can act as a mini
- 2 port Ethernet Bridge DACS: one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a
- 4 port RS485 Drop & Insert function with fractional T1/E1 line, which
- 8 port RS232 Async can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
- 4 port RS232 Sync
- 8 port FXS On the network side, the AM3430 has T1/ E1 or FOM
- 8 port FXO ports supporting 1+1 protection.
- 2 port C37
- 1 port V35 The AM3430 supports local control and diagnostics
- 1 port X21 by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console
- 4 port CD (G.703 64K Co-dir) port. There are LED indications for all tributary interface
- 8 port DTE (4 port RS232 Async + 4 port RS485) modules. The AM3430 also supports Ethernet, Telnet,
● Hot swappable power Modules, dual power modules and SNMP, so that it can be controlled and diagnosed
for redundancy from remote locations. An in-band management channel
- DC power -48 Vdc (-36 to -75Vdc) is also available
- AC power (100 to 240 Vac)
● Protection
- T1 or E1 1+1 protection
- FOM 1+1 protection
● Management
- Console port with VT-100 menu-driven user
interface
- Telnet
- SNMP v1
- Inband management through DS0 (64K)
52
Loop-AM3440-A Access DCS-MUX

- Native Ethernet packets supported
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP)*, VLAN
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)
● L3 Routing*
- Static Route
- RIPv1 and RIPv2
- OSPFv2 and OSPFv3
● VPLS*
- VPLS bridging
- H-VPLS bridging
AM3440-A-CHPAa - 32K MAC addresses
Features - Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
● Network Protections
● System Capacity - MPLS-TP*
- Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf, with 4 x mini slots ● MPLS LSP 1+1/1:1
and ● Dual-homing PW Protection
12 x single slots for TDM N x 64K plug-in modules ● LSP E2E protection switching within sub 50ms
- DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) with - CE
full non-blocking nx64K (2048 x 2048 DS0) cross- ● ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection
connect support Dual controller, dual power with ● ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection
load sharing - E1/T1/TDMoEA* 1+1 protection
- Up to 8 x GE SFP on AM3440-CCPB-8GEHSWa - DS0 Level Nx64K circuit protection
controller module, up to 16 x GE SFP with dual - PDH ring protection, QE1/QT1, FOM, Mini QE1/
controllers QT1
- Slot 1 and Slot 2 support TDM N x 64K plug-in ● PWE3 Services
modules and 8GEAa* high speed tributary module - Ethernet over CE*
● Management ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
- Console, Telnet, Web GUI (optional) and Inband ● EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVPLAN, E-Tree services
management support SNMP v.1 and v.3 as defined by the MEF 9&14
- Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network ● Encapsulation: VLAN 802.1Q/802.1ad Q in Q
management system and supported by Loop iNET - Ethernet over MPLS*
and Loop iNMS ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
- Supports RADIUS authentication ● VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS services as defined by
● MPLS-TP* the MEF 9 and 14
- MPLS Transport Profile per RFC-5921 ● Encapsulation: PW over MPLS-TP
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI - PDH over MPLS*/CE/IP
(MPLS port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) ● Framed E1/T1:CESoPSN, and MEF8 for
- Static MPLS LSP label provisioning via NMS emulation of TDM circuits
- Pseudo Wire (PW) to support ● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
● Ethernet Pseudo Wire(VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS) ● PDH Clock Recovery: ACR/DCR/System Clock
● PDH Pseudo Wire End-2-End Emulation per PW configurable
(SAToMPLS,CESoMPLS) All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable
- MPLS-TP OAM Item AM3440-A-CHPAa
● Section/LSP/PW TP-OAM using BFD (Per IEEE Chassis 5U
8113.2) # of Mini-slots 4
- MPLS-TP QoS # of Single slots 12
● 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow
Maximum E1/T1 Channels 64
● Ingress/Egress TC/EXP Class Mapping
● TC/EXP Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues) Maximum GE Ports 32**
● Tunnel Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/ Pseudowire bundles 64
PBS Policing/Shaping DS0 Cross-Connect Backplane
128Mbps
● PW Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS Capacity
Policing/Shaping Packet Switching Capacity 33G**
● WRED (Weighted Random Early Detection) Controller and Function
● Strictly Priority / WRR Controller CCPB- CCPB- CCPB-
● Carrier Ethernet (CE) Function 8GEHSWa 2GEa DCSa
- L2 Switching/Bridging DB9 consoleNote √ √ √
- RSTP/MSTP (IEEE 802.1w/1s)
- VLAN 1Q 802.1q/ Q in Q8 802.1ad Micro USB console √ √ √
- VLAN Operation: Stack/Switch/Strip Note: Both DB9 and micro USB console are available for
- Link Aggregation (802.3ad): Static/LACP AM3440-CCPB series controller, however only one of
● Ethernet Services them will activate at a time.
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF * Future Option
9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS* ** With Dual Controllers and two 8GEAa modules
2023 Catalog 53
Description
The Loop-AM3440-A product is Access DCS-MUX which supports multiplexing of various digital access interfaces into
E1 or T1 lines for convenient transport and switching. The Loop-AM3440-A Access DCS-MUX provides access for a
variety of TDM, packet, and voice interfaces detailed on the next page. These interfaces are compatible with other Loop
products. The AM3440-A can act as a mini DACS: one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a Drop & Insert function
with fractional E1/T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
The AM3440 controller module provides full non- blocking Nx64K cross-connect matrix up to 2048 DS0. System
redundancy is available in dual controller and power modules, making it an excellent fit for critical applications. With
Loop-AM3440-CCPB-8GEHSWa controller module, it supports both MPLS-TP* and Carrier Ethernet functions as Packet
Transport Network. In addition to the native Ethernet transport, the AM3440 can be used as the gateway of PDH into the
PSN network using circuit emulation technologies. The TDM encapsulation technologies supported are TDMoE, TDMoIP,
and TDMoMPLS*. In parallel, the Circuit Emulation supported are CESoPSN (Nx64K) and SAToP (Unframed E1/T1).
While 1+1 link protection is available for E1, T1, and TDMoEA* modules, path protection for end-to-end Nx64K circuit
protection is available for 3E1/T1.
The AM3440-A supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
It supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP, so that it can be controlled and diagnosed from remote ends. An in-band
management channel with GUI is available as well.
Loop-AM3440-A has a number of plug-in slots in regular size and mini size. (Card size to slot compatibility is detailed on
the next page.) Most of the plug-in cards have LED indications.
The AM3440-A consists of a rugged reinforced aluminum chassis, giving this equipment a durable structure and a long-
lasting physical life.
Controller Variants
Controllers AM3440-CCPB-DCSa AM3440-CCPB-2GEa AM3440-CCPB-8GEHSWa
Feature Common controller module, Packet controller module, support Packet controller module, support
support cross-connect function. cross-connect function, 2 x Combo cross-connect function, 4 x GbE
One USB console port, one DB9 GbE (SFP/RJ45) interfaces for and 4 x FE/GbE SFP interface with
console port and one RJ45 SNMP TDMoE uplink, one USB console built-in L2 switch, one USB console
port. port, one DB9 console port and port, one DB9 console port and
one RJ45 SNMP port. one RJ45 SNMP
 Supports SAToP, CESoPSN,  Supports SAToP, CESoPSN,
and MEF-8 and MEF-8
 Up to 64 Pseudowires  Up to 64 pseudowires.
 Supports SyncE  Supports SyncE
Switch No No Yes
Ethernet Port No 2 8
External Clock Input 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb*
External Clock Output 1 from AM3440-CLKa or 1 from AM3440-CLKa or 1 from AM3440-CLKa or
2 from AM3440-CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKb*
Alarm Input 1 from AM3440-CLKa 1 from AM3440-CLKa 1 from AM3440-CLKa
Alarm Output From AM3440-CLKa: From AM3440-CLKa: From AM3440-CLKa:
1 x Fuse Alarm 1 x Fuse Alarm 1 x Fuse Alarm
1 x System Alarm 1 x System Alarm 1 x System Alarm
From AM3440-CLKb*: From AM3440-CLKb*: From AM3440-CLKb*:
1 x Fuse Alarm 1 x Fuse Alarm 1 x Fuse Alarm
3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/ 3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/ 3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/
Major/Minor) Major/Minor) Major/Minor)
54
Loop-AM3440-A-CHPAa plug-in cards:

The mini-slot cards plug into the mini-slots of the AM3440-A-CHPAa. The single-slot cards plug into single slots.
Note: √ = Supported  = Not Supported ∗ = Future Option (D)= Discontinued
Low-Speed Controller AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB-
Tributary Modules Plug-in cards DCSa 2GEa 8GEHSWa
Transportation
3-channel E1 √ √ √
3-channel T1 √ √ √
4-channel E1 √ √ √
4-channel T1 √ √ √
4-channel TDMoEA √∗ √∗ √∗
VOIPGA interface card √∗ √∗ √∗
1FOMA √  
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power √ √ √
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power √ √ √
6-channel UDTEA √ √ √
8-channel UDTEA √ √ √
6-channel RS232 with V.110 encoding √∗ √∗ √∗
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate √ √ √
Single-Slot 6-channel Co-Directional card (6CDA)   
8-channel OCU-DP √ √ √
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8E&MA) √ √ √
12-channel FXSA √ √ √
12-channel FXOA √ √ √
12-channel Magneto √ √ √
Data Processing
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type (D) √ √ √
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type B √ √ √
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type C √∗ √∗ √∗
8-channel Data Bridge √ √ √
Packet Access
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B √ √ √
4-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √ √
Transportation
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 75ohm √ √ √
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 120ohm √ √ √
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 75ohm √ √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 120ohm √ √ √
Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) √ √ √
Fiber Optical Interface √ √ √
1-channel X.21 √ √ √
1-channel V.35 √ √ √
1-channel RS232 √ √ √
3-channel RS232 √ √ √
Mini-Slot Voice and Analog Access
Quad E&M (QEMA) √ √ √
QFXSA (Four FXS voice interface) √ √ √
QFXO (Four FXO voice interfaces)(D) √ √ √
QFXOA (Four FXO voice interfaces) √∗ √∗ √∗
QMAGA (Four magneto voice interfaces) √∗ √∗ √∗
Data Processing
Echo Canceller card √ √ √
Analog Bridge card √ √ √
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √ √
LS Optical M1C37 Card √ √ √
Clock and Alarm Module
CLKa card √ √ √
2023 Catalog 55
Low-Speed Controller AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB-

CLKb card∗ √∗ √∗ √∗
CLKc card∗ √∗ √∗ √∗
High-Speed Controller AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB- AM3440-CCPB-

Packet Access
Single-Slot
8 GbE Interface card∗   √∗
AM3440 Uplink/Downlink
PACKET TDM
NETWORK NETWORK
FE/GE E1/T1
AM3440-A-CHPAa
C D CTR L 1 CTR L 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PO WER 2
C C
P P
A B
U U PO WER 1
1 2
Voice/Data Access Services

Mini- Slot plug - in Cards High-Speed Low-Speed Single-Slot plug-in Cards
1 - channel E1 Single-Slot
3 - channel E1
plug-in Cards
1 - channel T1 3 - channel T1
8 GbE interface
Mini Quad 1E 4 - channel E1
plug-in module*
Mini Quad T1 4 - channel T1
64 WAN port Router 2 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power
Fiber Optical Interface
4 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power
1 - channel DTE (1X.21, 1V.35,
8 - channel Dry Contact I /O type B
1RS232)
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O type C*
3 - channel RS232
ECA 8 - channel Data Bridge
ABRA 8 - channel OCU DP

QMAGA* 8 - channel 2W/4W E&MA
QFXOA* 12 - channel FXSA
QFXSA 12 - channel FXOA
QEMA 12 - channel Magneto
M1C37 4 - channel C 37.94
CLKa 8 - channel RS232 with X.50 subrate
CLKb* 6 - port RS 232 card (6RS232A) with V.110
CLKc* encoding*
8 - LAN - port / 64 - WAN - port Router - B
VOIPGA*
TDMoEA*
8UDTEA
6UDTEA
1FOMA *Future option
56
ULSR Ring Application (E1)
E1
HDLC Router
Port A
TS31
4E1
TS1-30 TS1-30
Management PC
MASTER HDLC Inband
Inband Mamnagement is set up by
assigning1 DS0 (64K) for inband
Port B Port C
management purposes on the TSl
4E1 4E1 timeslot map of each AM 3440-A unit.
TS1-31
Clk: A/Internal TS1-31 TS1-31
TS1-2 HDLC
Port C TS3-4
Port A Port B Port D
TS27
4E1 4E1 4E1 4E1
TS30
TS5-31 TS1-31 TS1-31

Clk: A/B Clk: A/B
SLAVE #1
TS1-12 SLAVE #4
TS17-31
TS27
Port D Port B Port A TS15-16
Port C
4E1 HDLC
TS30 4E1 4E1 TS13-14
4E1
TS5-6 HDLC
Port C TS7-8
Port A Port B TS28 Port D
4E1 4E1 4E1 4E1
TS29
TS1-4 TS1-31
TS1-31
TS9-31
Clk: A/B Clk: A/B TS1-8 SLAVE #3
SLAVE #2 TS13-31
TS28
Port D Port B Port A TS11-12 Port C
4E1 HDLC
TS29 4E1 4E1 TS9-10 4E1
Note: ULSR ring does not suport E1 unframed mode. Users must use E1 framed mode to set up a ULSR ring.
2023 Catalog 57
ULSR Ring Application (T1)

T1
HDLC Router
Port A
TS24
4T1
TS1-23 TS1-23
Management PC
MASTER HDLC Inband
Inband Mamnagement is set up by
assigning1 DS0 (64K) for inband
Port B Port C
management purposes on the TSl
4T1 4T1 timeslot map of each AM 3440-A unit.
TS1-24
Clk: A/Internal
TS1-2 HDLC
Port C TS3-4
Port A Port B Port D
TS20
4T1 4T1 4T1 4T1
TS5-24 TS1-24 TS1-24
SLAVE Clk: A/B Clk: A/B TS1-12

SLAVE
#1 TS17-24 #4
4T1 HDLC
TS23 4T1 4T1 TS13-14
4T1
TS5-6 HDLC
Port C TS7-8
Port A Port B TS21 Port D
4T1 4T1 4T1 4T1
TS1-4 TS1-24
TS1-24
TS9-24
Clk: A/B Clk: A/B SLAVE
SLAVE TS1-8
TS13-24 #3
#2
4T1 HDLC
TS22 4T1 4T1 TS9-10 4T1
AM3440 ULSR Ring Application through E1/T1 Radio
AM3440-A
AM3440-A AM3440-A
E1/T1 ULSR Ring
AM3440-A
E1/T1
Radios AM3440-A
58
Loop-AM3440-C Access DCS-MUX

Description
The Loop-AM3440-C product is Access DCS-MUX
which supports multiplexing of various digital access
interfaces into E1 or T1 lines for convenient transport
and switching. The Loop-AM3440-C Access DCS-MUX
provides access for a variety of TDM, packet, and voice
AM3440-C-CHPCa interfaces detailed on the next page. These interfaces
Features are compatible with other Loop products. The AM3440-C
can act as a mini DACS: one or more of the WAN ports
● System Capacity can be used as a Drop & Insert function with fractional
- Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf, with 4 x mini E1/T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
slots and 5 x single slots for TDM N x 64K plug-in
modules. The AM3440 controller module provides full non- blocking
- DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) Nx64K cross-connect matrix up to 2048 DS0. System
with full non-blocking nx64K cross-connect support redundancy is available in dual controller and power
Dual controller, dual power with load sharing modules, making it an excellent fit for critical applications.
● Management The AM3440 can be used as the gateway of PDH into
- Console, Telnet, Web GUI (optional) and Inband the PSN network using circuit emulation technologies.
management support SNMP v.1 and v.3 The TDM encapsulation technologies supported are
- Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network TDMoE, and TDMoIP. In parallel, the Circuit Emulation
management system and supported by Loop iNET
supported are CESoPSN (Nx64K) and SAToP (Unframed
and Loop iNMS
E1/T1).
- Supports RADIUS authentication
While 1+1 link protection is available for E1, T1, and
- E1/T1/TDMoEA* 1+1 protection,
TDMoEA* modules, path protection for end-to-end
- DS0 Level Nx64K circuit protection
- PDH ring protection, QE1/QT1, FOM, Mini QE1/ Nx64K circuit protection is available for 3E1/T1.
QT1
● PWE3 Services The AM3440-C supports local control and diagnostics by
- Framed E1/T1:CESoPSN, and MEF8 for emulation using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
of TDM circuits It supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP, so that it can be
- Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW controlled and diagnosed from remote ends. An in-band
- PDH Clock Recovery: ACR/System Clock per PW management channel with GUI is available as well.
configurable
Loop-AM3440-C has a number of plug-in slots in regular
All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable size and mini size. (Card size to slot compatibility is
Item AM3440-C-CHPCa detailed on the next page.) Most of the plug-in cards
Chassis 3U
have LED indications.
# of Mini-slots 4
The AM3440-C consists of a rugged reinforced
# of Single slots 5
aluminum chassis, giving this equipment a durable
structure and a long-lasting physical life.
Maximum GE Ports 4
* Future Option
Pseudowire bundles 64
DS0 Cross-Connect Backplane
72 Mbps
Capacity
Controller and Function

Controller CCPB- CCPB-
Function 2GEa DCSa
DB9 consoleNote √ √
Micro USB console √ √
Note: Both DB9 and micro USB console are available for
AM3440-CCPB series controller, however only one of
them will activate at a time.
2023 Catalog 59
Controller Variants
Controllers AM3440-CCPB-DCSa AM3440-CCPB-2GEa
Feature Common controller module, support cross-connect Packet controller module, support cross-connect
function. One USB console port, one DB9 console function, 2 x Combo GbE (SFP/RJ45) interfaces
port and one RJ45 SNMP port. for TDMoE uplink, one USB console port, one DB9
console port and one RJ45 SNMP port.
 Supports SAToP, CESoPSN, and MEF-8
 Up to 64 Pseudowires
 Supports SyncE
Switch No No
Ethernet Port No 2
External Clock Input 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb*
1 from AM3440-CLKa or 1 from AM3440-CLKa or
External Clock Output
2 from AM3440-CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKb*
Alarm Input 1 from AM3440-CLKa 1 from AM3440-CLKa
Alarm Output From AM3440-CLKa: From AM3440-CLKa:
1 x Fuse Alarm 1 x Fuse Alarm
1 x System Alarm 1 x System Alarm
From AM3440-CLKb*: From AM3440-CLKb*:
3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/Major/Minor) 3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/Major/Minor)
* Future Option
Loop-AM3440-C-CHPCa plug-in cards:
The mini-slot cards plug into the mini-slots of the AM3440-C-CHPCa. The single-slot cards plug into single slots.
Low-Speed Controller
AM3440-CCPB-DCSa AM3440-CCPB-2GEa
Tributary Modules Plug-in cards
Transportation
3-channel E1 √ √
3-channel T1 √ √
4-channel E1 √ √
4-channel T1 √ √
4-channel TDMoEA √∗ √∗
VOIPGA interface card √∗ √∗
1FOMA √ 
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power √ √
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power √ √
Single-Slot
6-channel UDTEA √ √
8-channel UDTEA √ √
6-port RS232 card (6RS232A) with V.110 √∗ √∗
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate √ √
6-channel Co-Directional card (6CDA)  
8-channel OCU-DP √ √
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8E&MA) √ √
12-channel FXSA √ √
60
12-channel FXOA √ √
12-channel Magneto √ √
Data Processing
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type (D) √ √
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type B √ √
Single-Slot 8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type C √∗ √∗
8-channel Data Bridge √ √
Packet Access
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B √ √
4-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √
Transportation
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 75ohm √ √
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 75ohm √ √
Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) √ √
Fiber Optical Interface √ √
1-channel X.21 √ √
1-channel V.35 √ √
1-channel RS232 √ √
Mini-Slot
Quad E&M (QEMA) √ √
QFXSA (Four FXS voice interface) √ √
QFXO (Four FXO voice interfaces)(D) √ √
QFXOA (Four FXO voice interfaces) √* √*
QMAGA (Four magneto voice interfaces) √∗ √∗
Data Processing
Echo Canceller card √ √
Analog Bridge card √ √
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √
LS Optical M1C37 Card √ √
Common Module
CLKa card √ √
CLKb card∗ √∗ √∗
2023 Catalog 61
PACKET TDM
NETWORK NETWORK
FE/GE E1/T1
AM3440-C-CHPCa
CTRL 2 P
Mi ni P lug-in (C) O
CTRL 1 Mi ni P lug-in (B)
W
E
R
Plug- in(3) Mi ni P lug-in (A) Mi ni P lug -In (D)
Plug- in(2) Plug-in (5)
Plug- in(1)
Mini- Slot plug- in Cards
Plug-in (4)
1 - channel E1
1 - channel T1
Mini Quad E1
Voice/Data Access Services
Mini Quad T1
Low-Speed Single -Slot plug -in Cards
64 WAN port Router
3 - channel E1 Fiber Optical Interface
3 - channel T1 1 - channel DTE (1X.21, 1V.35,
4 - channel E1 1RS232)
4 - channel T1 3 - channel RS232
2 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power ECA
4 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power ABRA
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O type B QMAGA*
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O type C* QFXOA*
8 - channel 2W/4W E&MA QFXSA
8- channel Data Bridge QEMA
8- channel OCU DP M1C37
12 - channel Magneto CLKa
4 - channel C 37.94 CLKb*
8 - channel RS232 with X.50 subrate

6 - port RS232 card (6RS232A) with
V.110* encoding
8- LAN - port / 64 - WAN - port Router - B
VOIPGA*
TDMoEA*
8UDTEA
6UDTEA
1FOMA *Future option
62
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX

Description
The Loop-AM3440-D product is Access DCS-MUX
which supports multiplexing of various digital access
interfaces into E1 or T1 lines for convenient transport
AM3440-D-CHPDa and switching. The Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX
provides access for a variety of TDM, packet, and voice
Features interfaces detailed on the next page. These interfaces
are compatible with other Loop products. The AM3440-D
● System Capacity
can act as a mini DACS: one or more of the WAN ports
- Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf, with 9 x mini slots
can be used as a Drop & Insert function with fractional
for TDM N x 64K plug-in modules.
E1/T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
- DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System)
with full non-blocking nx64K cross-connect support
The AM3440 controller module provides full non-
Dual controller, dual power with load sharing
blocking Nx64K cross-connect matrix up to 2048 DS0.
● Management
System redundancy is available in dual controller and
- Console, Telnet, Web GUI and Inband
power modules, making it an excellent fit for critical
management support SNMP v.1 and v.3
applications. The AM3440 can be used as the gateway
- Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network
of PDH into the PSN network using circuit emulation
management system and supported by Loop iNET
technologies. The TDM encapsulation technologies
and Loop iNMS
supported are TDMoE, and TDMoIP. In parallel, the
- Supports RADIUS authentication
Circuit Emulation supported are CESoPSN (Nx64K) and
SAToP (Unframed E1/T1).
- E1/T1/FOM 1+1 protection
The AM3440-D supports local control and diagnostics by
- PDH ring protection, FOM, Mini QE1/QT1
using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
● PWE3 Services
It supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP, so that it can be
- Framed E1/T1: CESoPSN, and MEF8 for
controlled and diagnosed from remote ends. An in-band
emulation of TDM circuits
management channel with GUI is available as well.
- Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
- PDH Clock Recovery: ACR/System Clock per PW
Loop-AM3440-D has nine hot-pluggable mini size slots
configurable
(card compatibility is detailed on the next page.) Most of
the plug-in cards have LED indications.
All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable
Item AM3440-D-CHPDa The AM3440-D consists of a rugged reinforced
Chassis 2U aluminum chassis, giving this equipment a durable
# of Mini-slots 9 structure and a long-lasting physical life.
Maximum GE Ports 4
Pseudowire bundles 64
DS0 Cross-Connect Backplane
72 Mbps
Capacity
Controller and Function

Controller
CCPB-2GEa CCPB-DCSa
Function
DB9 consoleNote √ √
Micro USB console √ √
Note: Both DB9 and micro USB console are available for
AM3440-CCPB series controller, however only one of
them will activate at a time.
2023 Catalog 63
Controller Variants
Controllers AM3440-CCPB-DCSa AM3440-CCPB-2GEa
Feature Common controller module, support cross-connect Packet controller module, support cross-connect
function. One USB console port, one DB9 console function, 2 x Combo GbE (SFP/RJ45) interfaces
port and one RJ45 SNMP port. for TDMoE uplink, one USB console port, one DB9
console port and one RJ45 SNMP port.
 Supports SAToP, CESoPSN, and MEF-8
 Up to 64 Pseudowires
 Supports SyncE
Switch No No
Ethernet Port No 2
External Clock Input 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKa or CLKb*
External Clock 1 from AM3440-CLKa or 1 from AM3440-CLKa or
Output 2 from AM3440-CLKb* 2 from AM3440-CLKb*
Alarm Input 1 from AM3440-CLKa 1 from AM3440-CLKa
Alarm Output From AM3440-CLKa: From AM3440-CLKa:
1 x System Alarm 1 x System Alarm
From AM3440-CLKb*: From AM3440-CLKb*:
3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/Major/Minor) 3 x Performance Alarm (Critical/Major/Minor)
* Future Option
Loop-AM3440-D-CHPDa plug-in cards:
The mini-slot cards plug into the mini-slots of the AM3440-D-CHPDa. The single-slot cards plug into single slots.
Transportation
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √
Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) √ √
Fiber Optical Interface √ √
1-channel X.21 √ √
1-channel V.35 √ √
Mini-Slot
Quad E&M (QEMA) √ √
QFXSA (Four FXS voice interface) √ √
QFXO (Four FXO voice interfaces)(D) √ √
QFXOA (Four FXO voice interfaces) √∗ √∗
QMAGA (Four magneto voice interfaces) √∗ √∗
Data Processing
Echo Canceller card √ √
Analog Bridge card √ √
64
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √
LS Optical M1C37 Card √ √
Common Module
CLKa card √ √
CLKb card∗ √∗ √∗
PACKET NETWORK
TDM NETWORK
FE/GE
E1/T1
AM3440-D-CHPDa Mini Slot Plug-in Cards

1-channel T1 interface card
1-channel E1 plug-in card
Mini Quad E1 plug-in card
Voice/Data Access Services Mini Quad T1 plug-in card
1-channel C37.94 mini plug-in card
2-LAN ports/64 WAN port Router/bridge plug-in card
Fiber Optical Interface
1 - channel DTE
(1X.21, 1V.35, 1RS232)
3 - channel RS232a
4 - channel E&M voice plug-in card
4 - channel FXS voice plug-in card
4 - channel FXO voice plug-in card (D)
4 - channel FXOA voice plug-in card*
4 - channel magneto voice plug-in card
3 - channel Terminal Server (D)
1 - channel OCU-DP
Echo Cancellation plug-in card
Analog Bridge card
CLKa
CLKb* *Future Option
(D) Discontinued
2023 Catalog 65
Loop-AM3440-E-CHEA IP/TDM DCS-MUX

● Management
- RJ45 Ethernet management interface
- SNMPv1/v3, compatible to SNMP-based GUI
network management systems and supported by
AM3440-E-CHEA
Loop-iNET and Loop-iNMS
Features - Telnet and SSH v2
- Web GUI Configuration (optional)
● Cross Connect Capability - USB console port with VT-100 menu driven
- Support full non-blocking DS0 cross connect interface
matrix between TDM interfaces and TDMoE - 64K timeslot inband management
Pseudowires - Support Access Control List (ACL)
- Suitable for DACS (Digital Access Cross- ● Mechanical and Electrical
Connect System) and ADCB (Add/Drop Channel - 1U height, 19” rack width. ANSI shelf.
Bank) applications - Up to 7 slots for AM3440 series mini-slot modules.
- Auto A-law/μ-law conversion - All plug-in interface modules are hot swappable
● Ethernet Interface - Up to two ±48Vdc or 100 ~ 240 Vac hot swappable
- 2 x Combo GbE (SFP 100/1000BaseFX and power modules
10/100/1000BaseT) - Dual DC or AC power with load sharing
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation* - Temperature ranges from -20° to 65°C
● Pseudowires - RoHS compliant
- Up to 64 concurrent pseudowires
- Encapsulation format
Model AM3440-E-CHEA
● SAToP
Chassis 1U
● CESoPSN
● MEF-8 (CESoETH) # of Mini-slots 5
- Configurable CoS and VLAN # of HS-slots 2 Note
- Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up to Max. E1/T1 Ports 28

256 ms Cross-Connect Backplane
● Timing 184 Mbps
Capacity
- System clock source can be chosen from Internal,
Note: Supports Mini-slot modules via HS-Slot adaptors
External or E1/T1 Line with SSM
- Automatic/Manual Clock Recovery modes *Future Option
- Adaptive Clock Recovery for Pseudowires
- Jitter and Wander conforms to G.823/824 for
Traffic Interface
- SyncE
Description
The Loop-AM3440-E-CHEA is a compact IP/TDM Access Multiplexer in the Loop Access DCS-MUX series that combines
various access interfaces and transport over GbE or E1 uplinks. The Loop-AM3440-E supports SAToP/ CESoPSN/ MEF8
Protocols to transport TDM data streams over packet switched network.
The Loop-AM3440-E provides full non-blocking DS0 cross-connect matrix for up to 28 x E1/T1 + 64 Pseudowires.
Traffic grooming and segregation between the TDM interfaces and the Pseudowires provides flexibility and
efficiency and makes the Loop-AM3440-E an ideal solution for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) and
ADCB (Add/Drop Channel Bank) applications.
66
Table of Tributary Modules Applicable to AM3440-E-CHEA

Mini-Slot Tributary Modules Description Supported by AM3440-E-CHEA
1T1 1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) 
1E1(E75) 1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 75ohm 
4E1(M4E75) Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 75ohm 
4T1(M4T1) Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) 
M1C37 1-channel C37.94 mini plug-in card 
Router-A 2-LAN ports/64WAN port router/bridge plug-in card 
FOM Fiber Optical Module 
1X.21 1-channel X.21 plug-in card 
1V.35 1-channel V.35 plug-in card 
1RS232 1-channel RS232 plug-in card 
3RS232a 3-channel RS232 plug-in card *

QEMA 4-channel E&M voice plug-in card 
QFXSA 4-channel FXS voice plug-in card 
QFXO(D) 4-channel FXO voice plug-in card 
QFXOA 4-channel FXO voice plug-in card *

QMAGA 4-channel Magneto voice plug-in card *
ECA Echo Cancellation plug-in card 
ABRA Analog Bridging plug-in card 
OCU-DP 1-channel OCU-DP plug-in card *

CLKa Clock and Alarm plug-in card *
CLKb Clock and Alarm plug-in card *
Note:  = Supported * = Future Option (D) =Discontinued
2023 Catalog 67
PACKET NETWORK
TDM NETWORK
(ETH/IP/CE/MPLS)
FE/GbE E1/T1
Mini Slot Plug-in Cards

1-channel T 1 interface card
1-channel E 1 plug-in card with 75 ohm
1-channel E 1 plug-in card with 120ohm
Mini Quad E 1 plug-in card with 75 ohm
Mini Quad E 1 plug-in card with 120ohm
Mini Quad T 1 plug-in card
Fiber Optical Module
1-channel X.21 plug-in card
1-channel V.35 plug-in card
1-channel RS 232 plug -in card
3 -channel RS 232 plug -in card
1 port OCU-DP Interface card*
4-channel E&M voice plug-in card
4-channel FXS voice plug-in card
4-channel FXO voice plug-in card
4-channel magneto voice plug-in card*
Analog Bridging plug-in card
2-LAN ports/ 64 WAN port router/bridge plug-in card
1-channel C 37.94 mini plug-in card
CLKa Mini Slot plug-in card.
68
Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB IP/TDM DCS-MUX

MPLS-TP*/CE SWITCH
- PDH ring protection, QE1/QT1, FOM, Mini QE1/
QT1
AM3440-E-CHEB ● PWE3 Services
- Ethernet over CE*
Features ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
● EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVPLAN, E-Tree services
● Cross Connect Capability as defined by the MEF 9&14
- Support full non-blocking DS0 cross connect matrix ● Encapsulation: VLAN 802.1Q/802.1ad Q in Q
between TDM interfaces and TDMoE Pseudowires - Ethernet over MPLS*
- Suitable for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
System) and ADCB (Add/Drop Channel Bank) ● VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS services as defined by
applications the MEF 9 and 14
- Auto A-law/μ-law conversion ● Encapsulation: PW over MPLS-TP
● Ethernet Switch - PDH over MPLS*/CE/IP
- 10G Switching Capacity ● Framed E1/T1:CESoPSN, and MEF8 for
- 4GE SFP and 4 FE/GE dual rate SFP emulation of TDM circuits
● Ethernet Services ● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF ● PDH Clock Recovery: ACR/System Clock per
9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS* PW configurable
- Native Ethernet packets supported ● MPLS-TP*
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP)*, VLAN - MPLS Transport Profile per RFC-5921
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q) - Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI
● Pseudowires (MPLS port) or UNI (Ethernet service port)
- Up to 64 concurrent pseudowires - Static MPLS LSP label provisioning via NMS
- Encapsulation format - Pseudo Wire (PW) to support
● SAToP ● Ethernet Pseudo Wire(VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS)
● CESoPSN ● PDH Pseudo Wire End-2-End Emulation
● MEF-8 (CESoETH) (SAToMPLS,CESoMPLS)
- Configurable CoS and VLAN - MPLS-TP OAM
- Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up to ● Section/LSP/PW TP-OAM using BFD (Per IEEE
256 ms 8113.2)
● Timing - MPLS-TP QoS
- System clock source can be chosen from Internal, ● 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow
External (from SCLKa/SCLKb*/SCLKc*) or E1/T1 ● Ingress/Egress TC/EXP Class Mapping
Line with SSM ● TC/EXP Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues)
- Automatic/Manual Clock Recovery modes ● Tunnel Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/
- Adaptive Clock Recovery for Pseudowires PBS Policing/Shaping
- Jitter and Wander conforms to G.823/824 for ● PW Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS
Traffic Interface Policing/Shaping
- SyncE ● WRE
● Management ● Strictly Priority / WRR
- RJ45 Ethernet management interface ● Carrier Ethernet (CE)
- SNMPv1/v3, compatible to SNMP-based GUI - L2 Switching/Bridging
network management systems and supported by - RSTP/MSTP (IEEE 802.1w/1s)
Loop-iNET and Loop-iNMS - VLAN 1Q 802.1q/ Q in Q8 802.1ad
- Telnet and SSH v2 - VLAN Operation: Stack/Switch/Strip
- Web GUI Configuration (optional) - EPL, EVPL, EP-LAN, EPV-LAN, EP-Tree
- USB console port with VT-100 menu driven - EPL-Access, EPVL-Access
interface - Link Aggregation (802.3ad): Static/LACP
- 64K timeslot inband management ● L3 Routing*
- Supports RADIUS authentication - Static Route
● Network Protections - RIPv1 and RIPv2
- MPLS-TP* - OSPFv2 and OSPFv3
● MPLS LSP 1+1/1:1 ● VPLS*
● Dual-homing PW Protection* - VPLS bridging
● LSP E2E protection switching within sub 50ms - H-VPLS bridging
- CE - 32K MAC addresses
● ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection - 2K VPLS instances per device
● ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection - Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
- E1/T1/TDMoEA 1+1 protection, *Future Option
2023 Catalog 69
● Mechanical and Electrical Model AM3440-E-CHEB

- 1U height, 19” rack width. ANSI shelf.
- Up to 6 mini-slots for AM3440 series interface Chassis 1U
modules. # of Mini-slots 6
- Up to 4GE SFP and 4 FE/GE SFP on-board. Max. E1/T1 Ports 24
- All plug-in interface modules are hot swappable
- Up to two ±48Vdc or 100 ~ 240 Vac hot swappable Maximum GE Ports 8
power modules Cross-Connect Backplane
96 Mbps
- Dual DC or AC power with load sharing Capacity
- Temperature ranges from 0° to 55°C Packet Switching Capacity 10G
- RoHS compliant
Description
The Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB is the latest product in the Loop Access DCS-MUX series that combines various access
interfaces and transport over GbE or E1 uplinks. The Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB supports SAToP/ CESoPSN/ MEF8
Protocols to transport TDM data streams over packet switched network.
The Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB provides full non-blocking DS0 cross-connect matrix for up to 24 x E1/T1 + 64 Pseudowires.
Traffic grooming and segregation between the TDM interfaces and the Pseudowires provides flexibility, efficiency and
makes the Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB an ideal solution for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) and ADCB (Add/
Drop Channel Bank) applications.
The Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB supports both MPLS-TP* and Carrier Ethernet functions as Packet Transport Network. In
addition to the native Ethernet transport, the Loop-AM3440-CHEB can be used as the gateway of PDH into the PSN
network using circuit emulation technologies. The TDM encapsulation technologies supported are TDMoE, TDMoIP, and
TDMoMPLS*. In parallel, the Circuit Emulation supported are CESoPSN (Nx64K) and SAToP (Unframed E1/T1).
With hot-pluggable mini size slots design, the Loop-AM3440-E-CHEB provides access for E1, T1, FOM, FXS, FXO,
E&M, Magneto*, C37.94, RS232, X.21 and V.35 interfaces. These interfaces are compatible with other Loop products.
Table of Tributary Modules Applicable to AM3440-E-CHEB

Mini-Slot Tributary Modules Description Supported by AM3440-E-CHEB
1T1 1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) 
4T1(M4T1) Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) 
M1C37 1-channel C37.94 mini plug-in card 
Router-A 2-LAN ports/64WAN port router/bridge plug-in card 
FOM Fiber Optical Module 
1X.21 1-channel X.21 plug-in card 
1V.35 1-channel V.35 plug-in card 
1RS232 1-channel RS232 plug-in card 
3RS232a 3-channel RS232 plug-in card 
QEMA 4-channel E&M voice plug-in card 
QFXSA 4-channel FXS voice plug-in card 
QFXO(D) 4-channel FXO voice plug-in card 
QFXOA 4-channel FXO voice plug-in card *
QMAGA 4-channel Magneto voice plug-in card *
ECA Echo Cancellation plug-in card 
ABRA Analog Bridging plug-in card 
OCU-DP 1-channel OCU-DP plug-in card *
CLKa Clock and Alarm plug-in card 
CLKb Clock and Alarm plug-in card *
Note:  = Supported * = Future Option (D) =Discontinued
70
PACKET NETWORK
TDM NETWORK
(ETH/IP/CE/MPLS)
FE/GbE E1/T1
Mini Slot Plug-in Cards

1-channel T1 interface card
1-channel E1 plug-in card with 75ohm
1-channel E1 plug-in card with 120ohm
Mini Quad E1 plug-in card with 75ohm
Mini Quad E1 plug-in card with 120ohm
Mini Quad T1 plug-in card
Fiber Optical Module
1-channel X.21 plug-in card
1-channel V.35 plug-in card
1-channel RS232 plug-in card
3-channel RS232 plug-in card
1 port OCU-DP Interface card
4-channel E&M voice plug-in card
4-channel FXS voice plug-in card
4-channel FXO voice plug-in card
4-channel magneto voice plug-in card*
Analog Bridging plug-in card
2-LAN ports/64WAN port router/bridge plug-in card
1-channel C37.94 mini plug-in card
CLKa Mini Slot plug-in card.
2023 Catalog 71
Loop-AM3440-A-CGA Access DCS-MUX

● Controller protection:
- MSP (1+1) or SNCP for single controllers
- MSP (1+1) and SNCP for dual controllers
- SNMP Port 1:1 Protection
● E1/T1/FOM support 1+1 and 1:1 Line protection
● A-law to µ-law conversion
● Alarm in/out, clock in/out
● Support E1/T1/FOM ring structure
AM3440-A-CGA ● Support E1 DS0 SNCP ring
● Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network
Features management system and supported by Loop-iNET
● Full front access (ETSI) shelf and Loop-iNMS
● ADM, TM, and cross-connect ● SSH V2
● Per chassis single STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) optical ring ● SNMP V1 and V3
uplinks ● RoHS compliant
- Up to four STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) aggregate lines that
are software configurable Item AM3440-A-CGA
- Non-blocking N x 64 Kbps for 252 E1 or 336 T1 for Chassis 5U
data and voice channel transmission for uplink site # of Mini-slots 4
● Tributary modules (see next page)
# of Single slots 12
● Power Modules:
- DC Module: (-48Vdc, -24Vdc, -125Vdc) Maximum E1 Channels (Uplink) 504
- Dual Power: (1+1) Protection for DC only Maximum E1 Channels (Tributary) 64
● SSM and CLK hold over function (SDH/SONET and Maximum T1 Channels (Uplink) 672
E1/T1) Maximum T1 Channels (Tributary) 52
Description
The Loop-AM3440-A-CGA Access DCS-MUX is an economical STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) access multiplexer. It is designed
to combine digital access interfaces, including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces into STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) optical lines for
convenient transport and switching.
This unit is a full cross-connect; one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a Drop & Insert function with fractional E1/
T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
The AM3440-A-CGA provides two optical line signals at STM-1 (OC-3) or STM-4 (OC-12) with protection schemes
including MSP (1+1) and SNCP protection in both ring and linear network topologies.
Redundancy is available in dual CPU controllers and power supply options, making the AM3440-A-CGA an excellent fit
for critical applications. The chassis does not need or contain fan cooling, though an external fan tray is available.
The AM3440-A-CGA supports local control and diagnostics by using by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console
port. The AM3440-A-CGA also supports Ethernet, Telnet, SSH and SNMP so that it can also be controlled and diagnosed
from remote locations. An in-band management channel with GUI is available. LED indicators for all plug-in cards are
also available.
72
Plug-in card compatibility

AM3440-A-CGA
Plug-in cards CC4A
3-channel E1 v
4-channel E1 v
4-channel T1 v
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power v
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power v
8-channel G.703 card at 64 Kbps data rate v
8-channel Dry Contact I/O (D) v
8-channel Dry Contact I/O type C* v*
8-channel Dry Contact I/O type B v
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8EMA) v
8-channel OCU-DP card (ODP) v
12-channel FXS (12FXSA) v
Single Slot 12-channel FXO (12FXOA) v
12-channel Magneto (12MAGA) v
4-channel low speed optical (C37.94) v
6-channel RS232 with V.110 encoding (6RS232A) v
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate v
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B v
4-channel TDMoEA v
8-channel Data Bridge v
1FOMA v
8UDTEA v
6UDTEA v
VoIP Gateway card v
6CDA v
Dual Slot Transfer trip card (TTA) v
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) v
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) v
Four-channel E1 card (M4E75, M4E120) v
Four-channel T1 card (M4T1) v
Echo Canceller Card (ECA) v
Analog/Digital Bridge Card (ABRA) v
Fiber optical interface v
2-LAN port, 64 WAN port Router-A v
Mini Slot
Quad E&MA (Four E&M voice interfaces) v
Quad FXSA (Four FXS voice interfaces) v
Quad FXO (Four FXO voice interfaces) (D) v
Quad FXOA (Four FXO voice interfaces) v*
Mini C37.94 v
1-channel X.21 v
1-channel V.35 v
1-channel RS232 v
Notes: √ = Supported
*Future Option
(D) Discontinued
2023 Catalog 73
Uplink and Downlink Application
74
Smart Building Application
2023 Catalog 75
RS232/V.35 RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO FXS/FXO
2/4W E&M ... 2/4W E&M ...
TDMoE or
Optical Fiber E1/T1
AM3440 AM3440
AM3440-A-CGA O9400R
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48)
Ring
AM3440-A-CGA AM3440-A-CGA
RS232/V.35
Management
FXS/FXO
Center
2/4W E&M ...
SDH/SONET Ring Application
76
B
A to C
traffic Working
Path
QE1
QT1 Normal Condition:
Mini QE1 A Traffic flow on Working Path
C
Mini QT1
FOM
Protection
Path
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
A to C
B
traffic
Failure Condition:
A Traffic rerouted to Protection Path C
C to A
traffic
D
Note ULSR ring does not support E1 unframed mode. Users must switch to E1 frame mode to set up a ULSR ring.
ULSR Ring Application
2023 Catalog 77
Loop-AM3440-D-CGD Access DCS-MUX

● Compatible to a SNMP-based GUI network
management system and supported by Loop-iNET
and Loop-iNMS
● SNMP Port 1:1 Protection
● Console 1+1 Protection
● All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable
AM3440-D-CGD
Features
Item AM3440-D-CGD
Chassis 2U
● ADM, TM, and cross-connect
● Support of DS0 DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect # of Mini-slots 9
System) with full cross-connect Max. E1 Ports 36
● Dual controller, dual DC power with load sharing or Max. T1 Ports 9
single AC power card support Cross-Connect Capacity 1080Mbps
● 1 for 1 protection, Y-BOX, E1, T1, FOM
● PDH ring protection, FOM, Mini QE1,,Mini QT1
● Console, Telnet, SNMP, and Inband management
support
Description
The Loop-AM3440-D-CGD Access DCS-MUX is an economical STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) access multiplexer. It is designed
to combine digital access interfaces, including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces into STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) optical lines for
convenient transport and switching.
This unit is a full cross-connect; one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a Drop & Insert function with fractional E1/
T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
The AM3440-D-CGD provides two optical line signals at STM-1 (OC-3) or STM-4 (OC-12) with protection schemes
including MSP 1+1 and SNCP protection in both ring and linear network topologies.
Redundancy is available in dual CPU controllers and power supply options, making the AM3440-D-CGD an excellent fit
for critical applications.
The AM3440-D-CGD supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
The AM3440-D-CGD also supports Ethernet, Telnet, SSH and SNMP so that it can also be controlled and diagnosed
from remote locations. An in-band management channel with GUI is available. LED indicators for all plug-in cards are
also available.
78
Loop-AM3440-D-CGD Plug-in Cards

AM3440-D-CGD
CC4A
1T1 
1E1(E75) 
1E1(E120) 
4E1(M4E75) 
4E1(M4E120) 
4T1(M4T1) 
Router-A(RTA) 
1FOM-E1(FOM) 
QEMA 
Quad FXSA(QFXSA)
Quad FXO(QFXO)(D) 
QFXOA* *
QFXSA 
Mini C37.94 
1DTE (X.21/V.35/RS232) 
Analog Voice Bridge (ABRA) 
Echo Canceller (ECA) 
 : Support
* Future Option
(D) Discontinued
Uplink and Downlink Application
2023 Catalog 79
Smart Building Application
80
RS232/V.35 RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO FXS/FXO
2/4W E&M ... 2/4W E&M ...
TDMoE or
E1/T1
AM3440 Optical Fiber AM3440
AM3440-D-CGD
O9400R
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48)
Ring
AM3440-D-CGD AM3440-D-CGD
RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO Management
2/4W E&M ... Center
SDH/SONET Ring Application
2023 Catalog 81
B
A to C
traffic Working
Path
Mini QE1 Normal Condition:

Mini QT1 A Traffic flow on Working Path
C
FOM
Protection
Path
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
A to C
B
traffic
Failure Condition:
A Traffic rerouted to Protection Path C
C to A
traffic
D
Note ULSR ring does not support E1 unframed mode. Users must switch to E1 frame mode to set up a ULSR ring.
ULSR Ring Application
82
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System

Description
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System is a standard
compliant high density DCS systems with full T1/E1,
T3MX3 and STM-1/OC3 cross-connect rack system.
The V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System designs to have
full add and drop capability up to:
The CCA capability up to:

- 8 STM-1/OC3 tributaries
Features - 24 T3MX3 tributaries
- DS0 non-blocking cross connect matrix : 504
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary
E1/672T1
modules and power modules
● Temperature controlled fan tray
● Digital Cross-connect modules (controller modules)
With system capacity support up to 504E1/672T1 DS0
- System capacity support up to 504E1/672T1 DS0
non-blocking cross connect matrix, the V4150 DS0 Cross
non-blocking cross connect matrix
Connect System can offer high density capacity up to
- 1 + 1 protection
504 E1/T1, 24 T3MX3, or 8 STM-1(OC-3).
- Type: Point to point and Broadcast
- E1/T1 Signaling Conversion, A/µ Conversion
V4150-DCS offers the service provider protection
● Tributary modules
schemes including 1+1, 1:1 and 1:N protection for
- 8 tributary slots
tributary cards.
● Single port STM-1/OC3 module
● Triple ports T3MX3 modules
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI
● 16/32/63 ports E1/T1 tributary module
standards and ITU recommendations. The V4150-
● Power Modules
DCS provides powerful Operation, Administration,
- DC module (-36 to -72 Vdc)
Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality,
- AC/DC hybrid module (100 to 240 Vac; -36 to -72
including fault management, performance monitoring,
Vdc)
configuration management, and network security
- Dual power (1+ 1) protection
management. Through console port, LAN port, In-
● Protection
band E1, the OAM&P can be achieved both locally and
- Protection switching time less than 50ms
remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces.
- Controller-DCS protection:1+1
- Tributary protection
● E1/T1: 1+1 and 1:1 per card and per port, 1:N
(n=1 to 7) per card
● B155: 1+1 MSP
● T3/MX3: Port 1:1 and Line 1+1
● IPv4 and v6
● Diagnostic: Test Access Path (TAP) with Monitor, Spilt
and Release mode
● Management
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven
- Dual SNMP port: support v1 and v3
- Telnet
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS
- Loop-iNET GUI EMS Element Management
System
- TMN management (Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS
and end-to-end circuit management
- SSH
● RoHS compliant
2023 Catalog 83
Loop-V4150-DCS Front Panel
Connector
Board
Power FAN DCS DCS
4 trib slot 4 trib slot
Loop-V4150 Card Type and Capacity Reference Table

Table 1 Tributary cards without protection
Plug-in Card Optical (SFP)
Ports
E1/T1 T3MX3
Slot STM-1/OC-3
TRIB 1 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 2 63/32/16 3 1
HS
TRIB 3 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 4 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 5 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 6 63/32/16 3 1
HS
TRIB 7 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 8 63/32/16 3 1
CTRL1 CCA 1
Table 2 Tributary cards with protection

(B) backup/protection
Plug-in Card Optical (SFP)
Ports E1/T1 T3MX3
Slot STM-1/OC-3
TRIB 1 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 2 63/32/16(B) 3(B) 1(B)
HS
TRIB 3 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 4 63/32/16(B) 3(B) 1(B)
TRIB 6 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 7 63/32/16(B) 3(B) 1(B)
HS
TRIB 8 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 9 63/32/16(B) 3(B) 1(B)
CTRL1 CCA 1
CTRL2 CCA 2(B)
84
Applications
Loop-V4150 DCS with AM3440-CGA SDH/SONET IMAP
CONTROL ROOM
SDH
iNMS Backbone
V4150 DCS
● Support up to 504 E1/T1 STM-1 AM3440-CGA SDH/SONET IMAP
V4150 DCS ● Support up to 64 E1 / 52 T1 per
● Support up to 8 x STM-1 to SDH
chassis
● Aggregate link STM- 1/4
● Support Voice/Data Interface
STM-1 STM-1 STM-1 STM-1

AM3440-CGA AM3440-CGA AM3440-CGA AM3440-CGA
64 E1 / 52 T1 64 E1 / 52 T1 64 E1 / 52 T1 64 E1 / 52 T1
2023 Catalog 85
Loop-O9150Sa SDH STM-1 TM/ADM
● Mechanical and Electrical Loop-O9150Sa is an economical, cost-effective SDH
- 1U height ETSI/ANSI shelf unit STM-1 TM/ADM designed to combine digital access
(front/rear access) interfaces including TDM and interfaces into STM-
- Standalone, and rack mount 1 optical lines for convenient transport and switching.
- SDH STM-1 TM /ADM Mux Through STM-1 uplink, O9150Sa provides E1s and
- Full cross-connect at VC12/VC3*/VC4* levels Ethernet supporting GFP, VCAT, LCAS and Non-LCAS
● Aggregate Port protocol.
- 2 STM-1 with SFP optical housing
● On-board tributaries on TG1/TG2 slot The O9150Sa is a comprehensive SDH STM-1
- TG1: up to 4 FE multiplexer platform for traditional telecom businesses
- TG2: up to 8 E1 and broadband information business applications, and a
- TG3: up to 8 E1 blending trend which adapts Metropolitan Area Network
● Optional modules on TG4/TG5 slot as well as audio and information business in all Private
- TG4/TG5(Manufacture option) Networks.
● 16-port E1
● 5-port GE SW The O9150Sa provides two aggregate STM-1 interfaces
● Ethernet which offer the service provider a versatile protection
- Supports GFP, VCAT, LCAS, Non-LCAS scheme including SNCP and MSP (1+1) protection for
● Network Protection both ring and linear network topology.
- SNCP and MSP (1+1) protection
● Timing All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ANSI
- Support External/Internal/Line/E1 clock standards and ITU recommendations. The O9150Sa
● Power Supply provides fault management, performance monitoring,
- Two hot swappable DC plug-in modules configuration management, and network security
(-48 Vdc) for redundancy management. Through the console port, LAN port, E1
- Two hot swappable AC plug-in modules port, and DCC channel, the OAM&P can be achieved
(100 to 240 Vac) for redundancy both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven
● Performance Monitoring interfaces. The O9150Sa supports the LOOP-iNET
- 1 hour, 24 hours, and 7 days Intelligent Network Management System.
- Alarm suppression, masking, and reporting
● Management *Future Option
- Console port
- SNMP v1
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS over
DCC channel
- Through E1
- Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Management
System
- Telnet support
86
STM-1 Ring Protection
O9150Sa
STM-1 Ring
O9150Sa O9150Sa
E1
E1
10/100M
10/100M
Ethernet
Ethernet
IP6330
IP6330
AM3440
AM3440
2023 Catalog 87
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX

Description
Loop-O9170S is an economical, cost-effective SDH
STM-1 Mux designed to combine digital access
interfaces including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces
Features into STM-1 optical lines for convenient transport and
● 1U height ETSI/ANSI shelf unit (front/rear access) switching. Through STM-1 uplink, O9170S provides VC-
● Standalone, wall mount, and rack mount 12 standard E1s and Ethernet supporting VCAT, GFP,
● SDH STM-1 TM and ADM and LCAS protocol.
● Aggregate port
- 2 SFP optical housing The O9170S is a comprehensive SDH STM-1
- MSP 1+1 protection and SNCP multiplexer platform for traditional telecom businesses
● On-board tributaries on fixed slot
and broadband information business applications, and a
- 8-port E1 ports with 1 DB37 or
6 E1 ports with RJ48 connectors unframed clock blending trend which adapts Metropolitan Area Network
independent as well as audio and information business in all Private
- Four 10/100 (FE) Ethernet ports Networks.
● On-board DS0 tributary on TG3 slot
(manufacture option) The O9170S provides two optical line signals at STM-1
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port FXS
with protection schemes including MSP(1+1) and SNCP
- 4-port RS485 and 4-port FXS
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485 protection in both ring and linear network topologies.
- 8-port FXS
- 8-port FXO On the aggregate side, the O9170S has two STM-1 ports
- 8-port RS232 supporting 1+1 protection. On the tributary side, the
- 8-port RS485. O9170S has four Ethernets and 8-port E1, and optional
● Optional DS0 modules on TG4 slots
DS0 interfaces of Voice (FXS/FXO/E&M), DTE (RS232/
(manufacture option)
- 4-port E&M RS485) and FE1 interfaces.
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485
- 8-port FXS All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ANSI
- 8-port FXO standards and ITU recommendations. The O9170S
- 8-port RS232 provides fault management, performance monitoring,
- 8-port RS485
● Optional DS0 modules on TG5 slots configuration management, and network security
(manufacture option) management. Through the console port, LAN port and
- 4-port E&M DCC channel, the OAM&P can be achieved both locally
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485 and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces. The
- 8-port FXS O9170S supports the LOOP-iNET Intelligent Network
- 8-port FXO
Management System.
- 8-port RS232
- 8-port RS485
- 4-port E1/FE1
● Power Modules
- Hot swappable DC power (-48 Vdc)
- AC power (100 to 240 Vac)
- Dual power modules for redundancy
● DS0 cross-connect fabric with TG3, TG4, TG5
modules and SNMP
● Networking protection
- MSP (1+1) and SNCP protection
- Support External/Internal/Line/E1 clock
● Supports VCAT, GFP, and LCAS
● Performance monitoring
● Alarm suppression, masking, and reporting
● Management:
- Console port
- SNMP port
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS over
DCC channel
- Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Management
System
- Telnet support
88
O9170 SDH STM-1 MUX
ch O9170 SDH STM-1 MUX SDH/SONE

tion Illustration
cation Illustration
de typical application (SNCP Protection)
Application
mode typical Illustration
application (SNCP Protection)
ADM mode typical application (SNCP Protection)
O9500R
O9500R
O9400R
STM - 1 Ring
O9400R
STM - 1 RingO9170S Ethernet
O9170S FXS
Ethernet O9170S Ethernet
E& M
O9170S E&MFXS
Ethernet E1 RS485
E& M E1 E&M
FXO RS232
E1 RS485
E1
FXO RS232
typical application (MSP Protection)
de typical TM mode typical application (MSP Protection)

application (MSP Protection)
O9500R
O9500R
O9400R O9400R
STM -1 Ring
O9400R O9400R
STM -1 Ring
O9170S Ethernet Ethernet O9170S
FXS E&M
O9170S Ethernet Ethernet O9170S
E&M E1
E1 RS485 FXS E&M FXO RS232
E&M E1
E1 RS485 FXO RS232
2023 Catalog 89
90
6
Plug-in Modules
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) 94
(B2G5) 1-channel STM16/OC-48 98
16/32/63-channel E1/T1 99
(3TE3) 3-channel E3/T3 101
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch 103
PTN10G/PTNext Interface Card 106
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3 111
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13 112
Low-speed (LS) Cards

Transportation
(3E1) 3-channel E1 113
(3T1) 3-channel T1 115
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1 117
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1 118
(M4E1) 4-channel E1 119
(M4T1) 4-channel T1 120
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet 121
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP 125
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMA) 127
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMB) 129
Fiber Optical Interface Card 131
G.SHDSL Interface Card 133

(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE 134
(8UDTEA) 8-port Universal Data Interface Card 136
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/ X.21/RS232) 139
3RS232a Card 141
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232 142
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate 143
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps 144
(1ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP 145
(ODP) 8-channel OCU/DP 146

(12FXOA/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS 147
(QFXOA) Quad FXO Voice Card (type A) 148
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS Voice Card (type A) 149
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto 151
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto 152
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M 153
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M Voice Card (type A) 154
Data Processing
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge 155
Dry Contact Interface Card 159
Analog Bridge Card 162
(ECA) Echo Canceller 165
Packet Access
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A 167
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B 169
(C37.94) 4-channel low-speed optical 171
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical 172
(TTA) Transfer Trip card 173
Clock and Alarm Interface

CLKa Card 174
Plug-in Modules
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)

For O9400R and O9500R HS Slot
Features
● Dual ports STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) plug-in card
● Software configurable STM-1/4 and OC-3/12 interface
card
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B155/622 plug-in card is also known as an STM-1/4 and OC-3/12
interface card. It is software configurable. The card is hot-swappable and
can be installed or removed from a Loop-O9500R chassis when the O9500R
device is powered up.
Note: STM-1/4 and OC-3/12 interface card is designed for tributary slots 1,
2, 3, 4 of the O9500R device. Tributary slots 11 to 16 are used for low
speed tributary modules.
O9500R-CCPA STM-1 (OC-3) Rings
STM-1 (OC3) Rings

2 STM-1 4 STM-1
O9500R-CCPA STM-1 (OC-3) Ring
with SNCP/UPSR
Trib#4 B155/622 Protection
XCU2 O/E
(EAST) P2
STM-1 (OC-3) Ring O/E
with SNCP/UPSR Protection P1
O/E VC12
P2 XC fabric Trib#3 B155/622
O/E
O/E P2
P1 O/E
P1
STM-1 (OC-3) Ring
with SNCP/UPSR
Protection
Trib#2 B155/622
XCU1
(WEST) O/E
P2
O/E
VC12 P1
O/E
XC fabric
P2 Trib#1 B155/622
O/E
O/E
P2
P1
STM-1 (OC-3) Ring O/E
with SNCP/UPSR Protection P1 STM-1 (OC-3) Ring
with SNCP/UPSR
Protection
94
Plug-in Modules
O9500R-CCPA STM-1 (OC-3) Linear Chains

STM-1 (OC-3) Linear Chains
2 STM-1 4 STM-1
O9500R-CCPA
Trib#4 B155/622 STM-1 (OC-3) with MSP1+1
XCU2 O/E
(EAST) P2
O/E
STM-1 (OC-3) with MSP 1+1 P1
O/E VC12
XC fabric
Trib#3 B155/622
P2
O/E
O/E P2
P1 O/E
P1 STM-1 (OC-3) with MSP1+1
XCU1 Trib#2 B155/622 STM-1 (OC-3) with MSP1+1

(WEST) O/E
P2
O/E
O/E VC12 P1
P2 XC fabric
Trib#1 B155/622
O/E O/E
P1 P2
O/E
STM-1 (OC-3) with MSP 1+1
O9400R-CCPA STM-4 (OC-12) Rings (Mode 1)

STM-4 (OC-12) Rings
(Mode 1)
2 STM-4 O9400R-CCPA 2 STM-4

Trib#8 B155/622
O/E
P1
XCU2 Trib#7 B155/622
STM-4 (OC-12) Ring
(EAST) O/E
with SNCP/UPSR P1
Protection
VC12
Trib#6 B155/622
O/E
XC fabric O/E
P2
P1
O/E
Trib#5 B155/622
P1
O/E
P1 STM-4 (OC-12) Ring
with SNCP/UPSR
Protection
Trib#4 B155/622
XCU1 O/E
(WEST) P1
Trib#3 B155/622
VC12 O/E
O/E
XC fabric P1
P2
Trib#2 B155/622
O/E O/E
STM-4 (OC-12) Ring P1
with SNCP/UPSR P1
Protection
Trib#1 B155/622
O/E
with SNCP/UPSR
Protection
2023 Catalog 95
Plug-in Modules
O9400R-CCPA STM-4 (OC-12) Rings (Mode 2)

STM-4 (OC-12) Rings
(Mode 2)
2 STM-4 4 STM-4
O9400R-CCPA
Trib#8 B155/622
O/E
with SNCP/UPSR
XCU2 Trib#7 B155/622 Protection
STM-4 (OC-12) Ring
(EAST) O/E
with SNCP/UPSR P1
Protection
VC12
Trib#6 B155/622
O/E
XC fabric O/E
P1 with SNCP/UPSR
O/E Protection
Trib#5 B155/622
P1
O/E
P1
Trib#4 B155/622
XCU1 O/E
(WEST) P1 STM-4 (OC-12) Ring
with SNCP/UPSR
VC12 O/E
O/E
XC fabric P1
P2
Trib#2 B155/622
O/E O/E
STM-4 (OC-12) Ring P1
with SNCP/UPSR P1 STM-4 (OC-12) Ring
Protection with SNCP/UPSR
O/E
P1
96
Plug-in Modules
O9400R-CCPA STM-4 (OC-12) Linear Chains
STM-4 (OC-12) Linear Chains

2 STM-4 4 STM-4
O9400R-CCPA Trib#8 B155/622
O/E
P2
O/E
P1
Trib#7 B155/622
O/E
P2
O/E
Trib#6 B155/622
XCU2 O/E
(EAST) P2
STM-4 (OC-12) with MSP1+1 O/E
P1
O/E VC12
P2 XC fabric Trib#5 B155/622
O/E
O/E
P2
P1
O/E
XCU1
Trib#4 B155/622
(WEST)
O/E
P2
O/E VC12 O/E
XC fabric P1
P2
Trib#3
O/E B155/622
P1 O/E
P2
STM-4 (OC-12) with MSP1+1
O/E
Trib#2 B155/622
O/E
P2
O/E
P1
Trib#1 B155/622
O/E
P2
O/E
2023 Catalog 97
Plug-in Modules
(B2G5) 1-channel STM16/OC-48

Features
● One STM-16/OC-48 channel per chassis
● Port-level or card-level protection
● STM-16/OC-48 mode software configurable
● Full non-blocking cross-connect at VC-11/VC-12/
VC-3/VC-4 levels
● With or without MSP 1+1 protection
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B2G5 plug-in module is also known as an STM-16 and OC-48 interface
card. The card is hot-swappable and can be installed on O9500R and
O9400R chassis for SDH/SONET path cross-connection and transportation
with or without MSP 1+1. The B2G5 plug-in module provides one STM-16/
OC-48 channel per O9400R/O9500R’s CHPA or CHPAa chassis. It is only
compatible with tributary slot 3 and 4.
MSP (1+1) chains with B2G5
VC/VT XC VC/VT XC VC/VT XC VC/VT XC

fabric fabric fabric fabric
XCU (W) XCU (E) XCU (W) XCU (E)
TRIB 3 TRIB 3 TRIB 4

TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 4 TRIB 1 TRIB 2
(B2G5) (B2G5) (B2G5)
P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
1 x Port-level STM-16 (OC-48) Chain 1 x Card-level STM-16 (OC-48) Chain

Requires one B2G5 card Requires two B2G5 cards
98
Plug-in Modules
16/32/63-channel E1/T1
For O9400R, O9500R, and V4150 HS Slot
Features
● 16, 32 or 63 ports per card
● E1(120 ohm) / T1 version software-configured
● 75 ohm E1 version
● 1:1 Card- and Port-based protection and 1+1 Line
protection
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The E1/T1 Interface Card is a software selectable plug-
in card. Depending upon manufacturing options there E1 (75 ohm) 16, 32 and 63 Ports
are N x E1/T1 ports available, where N=16/32/63TE or
N=16/32/63E75. The card is hot-swappable and can be
installed on O9500R and O9400R or V4150 chassis when
the device is powered up.
Note: The 75 ohm E1 card is an E1 card only. It is not

configurable as a T1 card.
Line 1+1 Protection

E1 (120 ohm) /T1 16, 32 and 63 Ports
E1/T1 traffic is copied onto both lines. The remote receiving end
only selects traffic from one of the two lines.
E1/T1
Network
Traffic selected
from primary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
1+1 Normal E1 #1 E1 #1
Condition Traffic copied
onto both lines
E1 #2 E1 #2
Secondary Line
Traffic selected
from secondary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
E1 #1 E1 #1
1+1 Failure Primary line fail, traffic
Condition only on secondary line
E1 #2 E1 #2
Secondary Line
2023 Catalog 99
Plug-in Modules
Card-based and Port-based 1:1 Protection

E1/T1 traffic at the access side can be protected by a Y-box. A Y-box connects an external E1/T1 circuit onto the same
port number of two E1/T1 cards to achieve card-level 1:1 protection. By pairing up two adjacent cards, protection groups
are formed. The two members of a protection group must be of the same card type.
Y-box O9500R #1
E1 #1
E1
Normal XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E1 #2
DCS
Access Transportation
Side Side
Y-box O9500R #1
E1 #1
E1
Failure XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E1 #2
DCS
100
Plug-in Modules
(3TE3) 3-channel E3/T3

Features
● Software selectable E3/T3 plug-in card with three
ports
● Hot-swappable
● T3 with M13 function
● 1:1 Circuit protection and 1+1 Line protection
● RoHS compliant
Description
The E3/T3 Interface Card is software-configurable and
hot-swappable HS plug-in card for O9500R and O9400R.
There are three E3/T3 channels per card. T3 mode with
M13 function supports 21 E1 or 28 T1 mapping per T3
channel.
T3 with M13 function for E1/T1 mapping
E1/T1
O9400R & O9500R

E1/T1
XC TU12 E1 XC or
TU11 T1 XC
XCU
SDH
O9400R &
O9500R XCU
XC
TU12 E1 XC or
R T3 RE1/T1 TU11 T1 XC
(+M13)
T3-M13 provides E1/T1

21 E1 or 28 T1 framing
per T3 channel
2023 Catalog 101

Plug-in Modules
Line 1:1 Protection with Y-Cable
E3/T3 Card E3/T3 Card

Trib#1 Trib#2
Out of the two E3/T3

TX standby line in
ports on the card
high impedance
only one TX will be
mode
accepted
RX signal is fed into both

Trib #1 and Trib #2
Note: For the Line 1+1 Protection for E3/T3 card, please see the application illustration in 16/32/63-channel
E1/T1 For O9400R, O9500R, and V4150 HS Slot.
102
Plug-in Modules
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch

Features
● High-speed (HS) interface card for O9400R/O9500R
● Hot-pluggable and software configurable
● Eight GbE LAN ports
- Four SFP optical ports with ALS
- Four electrical ports
- LED indicators for port and card status
● Jumbo Frame up to 9600 bytes
● Ethernet over SDH/SONET (EoS) technology
- Virtual Concatenation (VCAT) and VCG
- Framing/Encapsulation
● GFP (G.7041)
● LAPS
● BCP Layer 2 (RFC2615)
- LCAS (G.7042) or non-LCAS
● Ethernet Virtual Circuit (EVC) service types
- 4 EPL
- 8 EVPL via Q-in-Q
- E-LAN via max.1024 VLANs and 48 VCGs
● Layer 2 switch
- MAC Learning
- MSTP, RSTP
- Link Aggregation (Trunking)
- IGMP Snooping
- QoS
● CoS or DSCP for priority mapping
● Per-port 2-rate-3-color or 1-rate-3-color
● 8 queues per port
● Strict Priority or WRR for queue scheduling
● 622Mb/s or 2.5Gb/s backplane
Description
8GESW is a high-speed card specifically designed to transport Ethernet services over SDH/SONET networks (EoS).
Customer LAN bridging types supported by 8GESW include EPL (E-line mode), EVPL (Virtual E-line mode), and EPLAN
(E-LAN mode). Bridged traffic is encapsulated in SDH/SONET frames via framing protocols (GFP-F, LAPS, or BCP) and
Virtual Concatenation (VCAT).
8GESW supports eight Gigabit Ethernet ports and a range of standard L2 switch functions, including VLAN, Q-in-Q, MAC
learning, MSTP/RSTP, CoS and QoS, and etc. An 8GESW’s total bandwidth for SDH/SONET transportation is either
STM-4/OC-12 (8GES4SWA) or STM-16/OC-48 (8GES16SWA). Dual 8GESW cards can be mounted simultaneously.
SDH/SONET paths can be protected by SNCP/UPSR ring protection scheme.
2023 Catalog 103

Plug-in Modules
EoS functional blocks
Customer 8GESW XCU Transportation

Domain
LAN to WAN Virtual Cross-connect Other SDH/SONET
LAN Gateway mapping Concatenation Mapping modules Networks
VC11/VC12
LAN WAN STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48)
VCG VT1.5/VT2
ports ports Channels
fabric
VCs
B16,
B2G5,
XCU WAN
ports
Card Schematics
LAN
TRIB 1 2 x STM-1(OC-3)
#3 or STM-4(OC-12)
LAN
Non-protected TRIB 2 2 x STM-1(OC-3)
#4 XCU
2.5G
or STM-4(OC-12)
(CC16
2 x STM-1(OC-3)
or
or STM-4(OC-12)
LAN CCPA)
each TRIB 3 2 x STM-1(OC-3)
#5 or STM-4(OC-12)
LAN
TRIB 4 2 x STM-1(OC-3)
#6 or STM-4(OC-12)
LAN
TRIB 1
#3 2 x STM-1 (OC-3)
LAN
TRIB 2
#4
2.5G
2 x STM-1 (OC-3)
XCU
Non-protected
(CC4)
LAN
TRIB 3
#5 1 x STM-1 (OC-3)
LAN
TRIB 4
#6 1 x STM-1 (OC-3)
104
Plug-in Modules
LAN bridging via EoS

Bridged LAN Site A Site B Site C
8GESW LAN/WAN Switching

card
Encapsulation
Virtual Concatenation
XCU VC11/12/VT2/1.5
Cross-Connection
SDH/SONET
STM-1/4/16
other OC-3/12/48
cards STM-n/OC-n
Channel
O9500R O9500R
2023 Catalog 105

Plug-in Modules
PTN10G/PTNext Interface Card

For O9500R and O9400R
Description
The PTN10G interface card supports MPLS-TP and Carrier
Ethernet for Packet Transport Network (PTN) services, as well
as transportation over IP Network. It is an Ethernet switch, an IP
router, and an MPLS-TP router all at once. In addition to packet
switching and routing, the renowned feature of PTN10G is to act
as the Circuit Emulation gateway between PDH/SDH/SONET and
Packet Switched Networks (PSNs).
For TDM encapsulation technologies, PTN10G supports TDMoE,
TDMoIP, and TDMoMPLS. For Circuit Emulation, PTN10G
supports CESoPSN (Nx64K), SAToP (Unframed E1/T1), and CEP
(SDH/SONET paths). The capacity of a PTN10G module reaches
up to a STM-16/OC-48 worth of TDM traffic groomed from the
TDM interfaces mounted on the same O9500R device.
On-board connectivity of each PTN10G module includes three
10GbE SFP+ interfaces, eight 1GbE SFP interfaces, and one
STM-16/OC-48 backplane interface. Ethernet and TDM ports from
other modules on the same O9500R can be cross-connected
by the Controller card and mapped to the PTN10G via the STM-
16/OC-48 backplane interfaces. Each of the interfaces can be
individually configured as an NNI or a UNI port.
In delivering PTN services, two PTN10G cards, coupled with two
PTNext PTN10G PTNext cards, equip a Loop-O9500 unit with a channel capacity
of up to 96G.
The computational capacity of a PTN10G module reaches up to 100G. The switch/router residing in a PTN10G module
works in isolation from any port. With two PTN10G modules simultaneously mounted, traffic from all ports on both
PTN10G modules can be merged onto the primary PTN10G card, yielding a total connection of sixteen GbE, six 10GbE,
and one STM-16/OC-48 bandwidth. While one PTN10G switch/router is at work, the other may serve as redundancy for
protection.
PTN10G provides high availability and reliability of communication systems required in network hauling, power utilities,
military and governmental network deployments, and transportation applications. Service continuity and performance can
also be monitored via QoS, OAM, and multiple protection schemes. Topology, cross-connection, and management of a
large scale PSN can also be achieved remotely via Loop-iNMS and Loop-iNET.
Features - Static MPLS LSP label provisioning via NMS

- Pseudo Wire (PW) services
● System capacity ● Ethernet Pseudo Wire(VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS)
- Up to 3 x 10GE/1GE SFP+ ports ● PDH PWE3 (SAToMPLS, CESoMPLS)
- Up to 8 x GE SFP ● SDH PWE3 (CEP)
- 100G Packet Switching capacity per card ● Supports up to 1008 TDM PWs
- L2 switching, MPLS switching, and L3 routing (Per - MPLS-TP OAM
port setting) ● Section/LSP/PW monitoring using BFD (Per
- 1008 x VC12/1344 x VC11 termination to E1/T1 IEEE 8113.2)
- 1008 x E1/1344 x DS1 SAToP/CES PWE3 - MPLS-TP QoS
- 1008/1344 x PWs for VC12/VC11 CEP (1 x STM- ● 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow
16 worth) ● Ingress/Egress TC/EXP Class Mapping
- 2.5G SDH/SONET Bus (backplane) ● TC/EXP Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues)
● MPLS-TP ● Tunnel Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/
- MPLS Transport Profile per RFC-5921 PBS Policing/Shaping
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS ● PW Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS
port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) Policing/Shaping
106
Plug-in Modules
● WRED - LSP E2E protection switching within sub 50ms

● Strictly Priority / WRR - CE
● Carrier Ethernet (CE) - ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection
- L2 Switching/Bridging - ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection
- RSTP/MSTP (IEEE 802.1w/1s) - SDH/SONET
- VLAN 1Q 802.1q/ Q in Q8 802.1ad - STM-n/OC-n MSP 1+1 Protection
- VLAN Operation: Stack/Switch/Strip ● Clock Synchronization
- Link Aggregation (802.3ad): Static/LACP - IEEE 1588 v2 PTP
- CE OAM ● Clock modes: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
● CFM: Ethernet Service OAM (802.1ag/Y1731) clock
● EFM: Ethernet Link OAM (802.3ah) ● ToD (Time of Day)
- CE QoS ● PPS (Pulse per Second) output interface
● 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow - SyncE
● Ingress/Egress CoS Class Mapping ● Synchronous Ethernet from all GE ports
● CoS Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues) ● Ethernet SMC per ITU-T (Ethernet Synchronous
● CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS Policing/Shaping (2R/3C) Message Channel, ESMC)
● Hierarchical QoS - TDM Clocks from other modules
● WRED ● External Clock input and output (2Mbps/2MHz)
● Strictly Priority/WRR ● SDH/SONET/PDH Line Clocks
● CoS/QoS ● Stratum 3 Timing
- 8 Priority Queues ● PWE3 Services
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy - Ethernet over CE*
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
- CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color ● EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVPLAN, E-Tree services
- MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior as defined by the MEF 9&14
Scheduling Class) LSP ● Encapsulation: VLAN 802.1Q/802.1ad Q in Q
● Ethernet Services - Ethernet over MPLS
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF ● Port-based and VLAN-based services
9 and 14 using VPWS/VPLS ● VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS services as defined by
- Native Ethernet packets supported the MEF 9 and 14
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN tagging ● Encapsulation: PW over MPLS-TP
(1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)* - PDH/SDH/SONET over MPLS/CE/IP
● L3 Routing ● Fractional E1/T1 (64K timeslots): CES PW
- VRF without multicast protocols ● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
- ARP, Ping, Trace route ● VCn/TU-n/VT-n/STS-n: CEP
- VRRP ● PDH Clock Recovery : ACR/DCR/System Clock
- Static Route per PW configurable
- RIP v1/v2 ● Supports up to 1008 ACR completions
- OSPF v2/v3
- Routing among Physical Ethernet ports, VLAN *Future Option
virtual port (VLAN routing), and PW ports
- 32 Subinterfaces
- IGMP v2/v3
- PIM-SM
- NTP server/client
● VPLS
- VPLS bridging
- H-VPLS bridging
- 32K MAC addresses
- Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
- MPLS-TP
- MPLS LSP 1+1/1:1
- Dual-homing PW Protection
2023 Catalog 107

Plug-in Modules
Transcend from PDH and SDH/SONET to 10G
10 GbE 10 GbE 10 GbE

MPLS-TP Carrier Ethernet IP Network
Dual ` Dual
PTNext PTN10G
~100G Packet Switching

~20G extra channel capacity Switch Redundancy Protection
16 x GbE + 6 x 10GbE port
O9500R
Circuit Emulation
Up to 1 x STM-16/OC-48
For N x E1/T1, N x 64k,
N x VC11/VC12
PDH SDH/SONET
Network Network
108
Plug-in Modules
Connectivity and capacity
PTN Side XCU Other Modules
N x DS0/E1/T1
Ethernet: 76G (2 x PTN10G) + 20G (2 x PTNext) Cross-connect
N x STM-n/OC-n
SDH/SONET: STM-16/OC-48/2.5G (XCU) Mapping
Ethernet
PTN10G #1
Primary
Switch
8x
8G 2.5 TDM
1GbE
Ports 30G G
XCU #1
20G
3x 8G 30G
10GbE
Ports
8G 30G
8x
1GbE 2.5G
TDM
Ports
20G
Stand-by XCU #2
3x
Switch
10GbE
Ports
PTN10G #2
10 x 1GbE PTNext #1
10 x 1GbE PTNext #2
O9500R
2023 Catalog 109

Plug-in Modules
One PTN10G card per Chassis
PTN10G in TRIB 3
eth-3-1
eth-3-2
eth-3-3 STM-16/OC-48 (2.5G)
eth-3-4 1GbE ports backplane channel
Primary XCU #1
eth-3-5 Switch
eth-3-6
eth-3-7 STM-4/OC-12 (622M)
eth-3-8 backplane channel
eth-3-9
eth-3-10
10 GbE ports
eth-3-11
HS (622 Mbps) modules in TRIB 4
8GESW
XCU #2
B155/622
E1/T1
.
.
Two PTN10G cards per Chassis
PTN10G in TRIB 3
eth-3-1
eth-3-2
eth-3-3
eth-3-4 1GbE ports Primary
eth-3-5 Switch STM-16/OC-48 (2.5G) XCU #1
eth-3-6
backplane channel
eth-3-7
eth-3-8
eth-3-9
eth-3-10
10 GbE ports
eth-3-11
eth-4-1
eth-4-2
eth-4-3
1GbE ports
eth-4-4
Stand-by
eth-4-5
Switch
eth-4-6 XCU #2
eth-4-7
eth-4-8
eth-4-9 10 GbE ports
eth-4-10
eth-4-11
PTN10G in TRIB 4
110
Plug-in Modules
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3

For V4150 HS Slot
Features
● Single port STM-1 or OC3 plug-in card
● Software configurable STM-1 and OC3 interface card
● Hot-swappable
● MSP 1+1 protection
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B155 plug-in card is also known as an STM-1 and
OC3 interface card. It is software configurable. The card
is hot-swappable and can be installed or removed from a
V4150 chassis when the V4150 device is powered up.
Note: Loop-V4150 Tributary Slots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and

8 are used for STM-1 and OC-3.
O9400R
SDH/SONET
Up to 8 STM-1/OC3
Uplink
B155
Up to 252 E1/T1 V4150

Downlink
E3/T3 E1/T1
E3/T3 E1/T1
Network Network
O9500R AM3440
2023 Catalog 111

Plug-in Modules
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13

For V4150 HS Slot
Features
● 3T3MX3 plug-in card with three ports and MX3
function
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3T3MX3 Interface Card is a 3 port T3 with MX3
function plug-in card. The card is hot-swappable and
can be installed in or removed from a powered-up
Loop-V4150 device.
Line 1+1 Protection
T3MX3 Card T3MX3 Card

Trib#1 Trib#2
Working Standby
M13 Function
E1/T1 T3MX3
V4150#1
XC
T3MX3 E1/T1
T3MX3
( 21 E1 or 28 T1) T3 E1/T1
T3MX3 E1/T1
V4150#2
XC
E1/T1 T3MX3
112
Plug-in Modules
Transportation High-speed
Low-speed (HS)
(LS) Cards
(3E1) 3-channel E1
For AM3440-A/C, O9500R Single Slot
Features
● Three port E1 plug-in module
● DS0-SNCP protection within 50 ms
● Programmable delay of Time Slot AIS detection for
SNCP protection switching
● Synchronization Status Message (SSM) clock mode
● Full Time Slot Interchange (TSI) capability among all
time slots in the main unit
● Remote diagnostics
● Single LED indicator per E1 port
● Software field upgradeable
● BNC or RJ48C connectors
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3E1 plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440 series and provides DS0-SNCP circuit level
(64 kbps sub-network connection protection). Users can mix the non-SNCP protected traffic with SNCP protected traffic
on the same E1 ring. It allows each DS0 time slot in the 3E1 interface to be interchanged and multiplexed onto a digital
network.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and in-service diagnostics are provided through the main controller of
the Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440 series. In addition, LEDs on the plug-in card itself provide status indicators.
DS0-SNCP Circuit Level Protection Architecture
The diagram below illustrates the DS0 signal path in normal condition. The DS0 signal travels on both primary path and
secondary path. The primary path is configured to be the working path and the secondary path is configured to be the
protection path.
1 * DS0 Output 1 * DS0 Input

Node B Node A Node A Node B
Secondary Path
Primary Path
(Protection Path)
(Working path)
Node A E1
E1 AM3440 D AM3440
E AM3440 3E1 3E1
Card Card
AM3440 E1/V.35
Card
Node B C E1
AM3440 AM3440 Protected DS0

1 * DS0 Input 1 * DS0 Output
The diagram below illustrates the DS0 signal path in faulty condition. When the primary path is broken, the secondary path
will automatically become the working path.
2023 Catalog
113
Secondary Path Primary Path
(Working Path)
E1
E AM3440 3E1 3E1
Card Card
AM3440 E1/V.35
Plug-in Modules
Card
Node B C E1
Low-speed (LS) Cards Transportation



(Working Path)
Node A D E1
AM3440 AM3440
E1
E
AM3440 Line
Break
E1
Node B
AM3440 C
AM3440

114
Plug-in Modules
Transportation Low-speed (LS) Cards
(3T1) 3-channel T1
For AM3440-A/C and O9500R Single Slot
Features
● Three port T1 plug-in module
● DS0-SNCP protection within 50 ms
● Programmable delay of Time Slot AIS detection for
SNCP protection switching
● Synchronization Status Message (SSM) clock mode
● Full Time Slot Interchange (TSI) capability among all
time slots in the main unit
● Single LED indicator per T1 port
● RJ48C connectors
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3T1 plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R, and Loop-AM3440 series and provides DS0-SNCP circuit level
protection (64 kbps sub-network connection protection). Users can mix the non-SNCP protected traffic with SNCP
protected traffic on the same T1 ring. It allows each DS0 time slot in the 3T1 interface to be interchanged and multiplexed
onto a digital network.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and in-service diagnostics are provided through the main controller of
the Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440 series. In addition, LEDs on the plug-in card itself provide status indicators.
The DS0 signal travels on both the primary timeslots and secondary timeslots in an SNCP/UPSR. The primary timeslots
are by default selected at the Rx end as the working. When a failure occurs on the primary line causing primary timeslots
unusable, the selector at Rx will automatically switch to the secondary timeslots.
DS0-SNCP Circuit Level Protection Architecture
The diagram below illustrates the DS0 signal path in normal condition. The DS0 signal travels on both primary path and
secondary path. The primary path is configured to be the working path and the secondary path is configured to be the
protection path.

Secondary Path
Primary Path
(Protection Path)
(Working path)
Node A E1
E1 AM3440 D AM3440
E AM3440 3E1 3E1
Card Card
AM3440 E1/V.35
Card
Node B C E1

2023
will automatically become the working path. Catalog
115

E1 AM3440 D AM3440
E AM3440 3E1 3E1
Card Card
AM3440
Plug-in Modules
E1/V.35
Card
Node B C E1



(Working Path)
Node A D E1
AM3440 AM3440
E1
E
AM3440 Line
Break
E1
Node B
AM3440 C
AM3440

116
Plug-in Modules
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1

For AM3440-A/C, O9500R Single Slot
Features
● Contains four E1/T1 interfaces
● Usable as a CSU/DSU, T1 to E1 converter
● Full TSI capability among all time slots in the main
unit
● Single LED indicator per port
● Software upgradable
Description
Loop Telecom’s QT1/QE1 plug-in cards are a series of
2 different plug-in cards designed for the Loop-O9500R
and the Loop-AM3440-A/C series. They allow each DS0
time slot in QT1 or QE1 interfaces to be interchanged and
multiplexed onto a digital network.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and

in-service diagnostics are provided through the main
controller of the Loop-O9500R and the Loop-AM3440-A/C
series. In addition, an LED on the plug-in provides status
indication.
All Other Cards Loop-O9500R/ AM3440

QE1/QT1
WAN
2023 Catalog 117

Plug-in Modules
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1

For AM3440-A/C/D/E Mini Slot
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU, T1 to E1 converter
unit
Description
The E1/T1 plug-in cards are a series of 2 different plug-
in cards designed for the Loop-AM3440 Access DCS- E1/T1 Card for AM3440-A/C
MUX series. This card allows each DS0 time slot in T1 or
E1 interfaces to be interchanged and multiplexed onto a
digital network. Clear channel (32 DS0 channels) is also
available.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and

controller of the Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX series. E1/T1 Card for AM3440-D/E
In addition, an LED indicator on the plug in card’s (E1/T1
card for AM3440-D/E only) front face provides immediate
status indication.
All Other Cards Loop-AM3440

E1/ T1
WAN
118
Plug-in Modules
(M4E1) 4-channel E1
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU
unit
● Software field upgradable
Description
The Mini Quad E1 plug-in card is designed for the 1/2
slot of the Loop-AM3440 series. It allows each DS0 time
slot in the T1 or E1 interfaces to be interchanged and
multiplexed onto a digital network.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and Mini Quad E1 Card for AM3440-A/C
controller of the Loop-AM3440 series.
Great for indoor, inside building E1 connections or drops

from a SONET/SDH network. For outside connections
where lightning protection is required please use our full
Quad E1 interface card.
Mini Quad E1 Card for AM3440-D/E
Loop-AM3440
Mini
Quad E1
E1 SDH/SONET
TM/ADM
2023 Catalog 119

Plug-in Modules
(M4T1) 4-channel T1
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU
unit
● Single LED indicator
Description
The Mini Quad T1 plug-in card is designed for the mini
slot of the Loop-AM3440 series. It allows each DS0
time slot in the QT1 interfaces to be interchanged and Mini Quad T1 Card for Mini Quad T1 Card for
multiplexed onto a digital network. AM3440-A/C AM3440-D/E
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and Except the difference in panel size, Mini Quad T1 card
in-service diagnostics are provided through the main serves the same hardware and firmware function on both
controller of the Loop-AM3440 series. AM3440-A/C and AM3440-D chassis
Great for indoor, inside building T1 connections or drops

from a SONET/SDH network. For outside connections
where lightning protection is required please use our full
Quad T1 interface card.
Loop-AM3440
Mini
Quad T1
T1 SDH/SONET
TM/ADM
120
Plug-in Modules
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet

Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for Single Slots
● Four Ethernet ports for WAN or LAN connection
- Two combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) with 2 RJ45
and 2 SFP housing
- Two 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation
● Support MEF-8, CESoPSN and SAToP encapsulation
format for TDM circuit emulation
- Up to 4 x 2 M TDM bandwidth
- Support N x DS0 circuit emulation
- Up to 64 pseudowires per card
- Packet Delay Variation compensation depth up to
256 ms
- Support VLAN tag adding and removing on
Pseudowires
- User configurable ToS for each Pseudowire
● L2 switching
- Maximum 16 VLAN Groups
- Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet Port
- Support Q-in-Q
- Support 802.1D STP, 802.1s MSTP*, 802.1w RSTP
- Jumbo Frame reaches up to 10K bytes Description
- Support 802.1d MAC learning
The TDMoEA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-
● QoS
AM3440-A/C and O9500R. This card is used to
- Ingress Rate Limiting per Ethernet port with
transport TDM (time division multiplexed) traffic over
64kbps/1Mbps/10Mbps granularity
the IP network in addition to normal Ethernet traffic.
- Ethernet Network Level:
As the communications network migrates from TDM
● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
to IP, the TDMoEA card provides a flexible and cost
802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame – CoS
effective choice for the transport of legacy TDM signals.
● 4 priority queues per port
Furthermore, the TDMoEA card of the AM3440 can work
- IP Network Level:
with IP6702A/ IP6704A/ G7860A TDMoE product family
● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS
and with TDMoEA card of O9500R.
● Scheduling Algorithm
*Future Option
● Strict Priority (SP)
● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
● Timing
- AM3440 system clock (Internal, external, line
interfaces)
- Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR) for TDM
Pseudowires
- SyncE
● Protection
- Support protection between two TDMoEA cards for
E1/T1 port pseudowire protection
- Support protection between E1/T1 pseudowires on
TDMoEA and E1/T1 ports on QE1/QT1 cards
- Support Heart Beating Protection
● Jitter & Wander
- PPM per G.823 Traffic
● Port transmission delay measurement
● RoHS compliant
2023 Catalog 121

Plug-in Modules
The TDMoEA plug-in card transforms TDM traffic (voice signals/E1/ T1/ DTEs/ Ethernet) into
IP Traffic
IP
Network
AM3440-A
Microwave
Wireless Ethernet Radios

Voice / E1 / T1 /
DTE / Ethernet
Point to Point Application
WAN 1+1 Link Aggregation
TDMoEA Card #3
TDMoEA Cards
TDMoEA Card #1
AM3440-B
TDMoEA Card #2 TDMoEA Card

AM3440-A
AM3440-C
122
Plug-in Modules
Point to Multi-Point Application
Ethernet IP6704A
Ethernet IP Ethernet
Network
IP6702A
AM3440-A
Ethernet
AM3440-A
TDMoEA and QE1/T1 Protection
Ethernet Ethernet
Radio Main Radio
Line
TDMoEA TDMoEA
TDMoEA and QE1/
T1
Master 1+1 Protection Master
Slave Slave
QE1/T1 Leased Line QE1/T1

AM3440-A/B/C AM3440-A/B/C
Backup Line
TDMoEA and TDMoEA Protection
TDMoEA and TDMoEA

1+1 Protection
TDMoEA IP Network TDMoEA
IP Network
TDMoEA TDMoEA
AM3440-A/B/C AM3440-A/B/C
2023 Catalog 123

Plug-in Modules
VPN Corporate Private Network
For a company that needs a Virtual Corporate Private Network to connect remote branches to company headquarters,
the Loop TDMoEA line of products can create an E1/T1 lease line for faster connections.
Remote Office
Voice Channels
Analog or digital
phone
AM3440-A
RJ45
Headquarter GbE Remote Office
Video Conference
Up to 28 x E1/T1
Ethernet GbE
IP6750
GbE LAN SNMP
IP Network
Remote Office
G7860A GbE RS232/V.35
E1/T1
Fast
Ethernet E1/T1
IP6704A
SNMP
LAN
Up to 28 x E1/T1
PSTN LAN AM3440-E

Remote Office
124
Plug-in Modules
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP

For AM3440-A/C Single Slot
Features
● Physical Interfaces
- WAN: 1 x 10/100/1000 base-T
- LAN: 2 x 10/100/1000 base-T
● Voice Features
- G.711 a/μ, G.726(32K), G.729, G.723.1
- Silence Suppression and Detection
- Echo Cancellation (G.168)
- Adjustable jitter buffer
- Adjustable packet time (by Codec type)
- Programmable Gain ControlNote
- Adjustable call progress tone volumeNote
● Telephony Specifications
- In-Band DTMF, Out-of-Band DTMF Relay
(RFC2833 or SIP INFO)
- Caller IDNote
- T.30 FAX passthrough, T.38 Real Time FAX
RelayNote
● SIP Call Features
- Peer to Peer Call
- Call Forward - unconditional, busy Note
- Do Not Disturb Note
- Hot Line and Warm Line
● SIP Account Management
- By channel registration Description
- Invite with Challenge
The VoIPGA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-
- Support RFC3986 SIP URI format
AM3440-A/C. This card serves as a VoIP Gateway that
- Phone Book Function (point-to-point call, and
converts up to 60 voice and fax channels to IP networks
cross-area call without SIP Server)
and in reverse direction. VoIPGA works with FXS, FXO,
and E1/T1 interface modules on the AM3440 unit. It uses
Note: Configurable only through WEB management. high-quality embedded DSP chips to provide stable and
clear voice quality. It supports G.711 A/µ-law, G.726-
32K, G.729 and G.723.1 voice compression formats to
maximize its compatibility with other SIP devices.
VoIPGA provides a cost-effective solution for connecting

legacy services to the IP network via VoIP technology.
2023 Catalog 125

Plug-in Modules
VoIP Gateway for FXS, FXO, E&M 2W/4W, MAG, and E1-/T1-CAS services
TDM
Network
BROADCAST
E1/T1-CAS
E&M 2W/4W RADIO

DS0
SNMP
CROSS FXO
CONNECT PBX
FXS
MAGNETO ANALOG PHONE
VoIPGA
IP PBX CRANK PHONE
Ethernet
Network
SIP
IP PHONE
VoIP Gateway and SIP Proxy Server

192.168.5.0
AM3440 with Area #2 Eth
VoIP Card SIP
192.168.5.22
Server Distant calls
VoIP
Gateway
PSN switched by
SIP Server
DS0 XC Fabric
Eth
FXS E1 E1
Area #1 192.168.5.11
VoIP Gateway
VoIP
with PBX Gateway
AM3440 with
Eth VoIP Card 120 DS0 timeslots
!
DS0 Cross-connect Fabric
Site #201 Site #202 Site #203
AM3440 with Area #3

VoIP Card
E1 E1 FXS
192.168.5.33
VoIP
Gateway
Local calls
DS0 XC Fabric switched by
VoIP card AM3440 AM3440
FXS E1 E1
E1/T1
Network
AM3440
! ! !
Site #301 Site #302 Site #303 Site #102 Site #103 Site #104 Site #101
126
Plug-in Modules
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMA)

for Loop-AM3440-A/C Single Slot
Features
● 1 optical interface port (FOM) to connect with remote
- O9310-E1, FOM interface for AM3440-A/C/D
- Designed for AM3440-A/C single slots
- N x 64K bps cross-connection with 4E1 bandwidth
- Performance & Diagnosis
● Performance monitoring
● Alarm monitoring
● Local Bert and loopback
● Protection
- 1 + 1 protection function
- FOM ring protection function
- Supports APSD (Auto Power Shutdown)
● Management
- Loop-iNET
- Supports remote management via EOC channel
- Provide multi-color LED indicator
Description
The 1FOMA fiber optical interface is a plug-in module that can be used in the standard single slots of the AM3440-A/
C chassis. Designed for Loop-AM3440 as an embedded 1 or 4 E1 fiber optical modem, the 1FOMA interface is able to
aggregate 1 or 4 E1 channels to single fiber optical interface and connect with Loop-O9310-E1, and FOM interface for
Loop-AM3440-A/C/D.
Point to Point
E1/DS1/ E1/DS1/
Other Controller Controller Other
Data/ cards Card
1FOMA 1FOMA
Card cards Data/
Voice Fiber Optical Voice
AM3440 #1 Cable AM3440 #2
1 for 1 Protection
1FOMA Working Working 1FOMA

(Slot1) (Slot1)
1FOMA Protection Protection 1FOMA

AM3440 AM3440
(Slot2) (Slot2)
#1 #2
Line
1FOMA Break 1FOMA
(Slot1) (Slot1)
Working Working
AM3440 1FOMA 1FOMA AM3440
#1 (Slot2) (Slot2) #2
2023 Catalog 127

Plug-in Modules
Ring Protection
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
AM3440 #2
Protection Protection
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
AM3440 #1 AM3440 #3
FOM FOM
AM3440 #2
Working Working
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
Protection AM3440 #2
Protection
FOM FOM
AM3440 #1
Tx Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
AM3440 #3
Line
Break AM3440 #2
Working
FOM
Tx Rx
128
Plug-in Modules
Fiber Optical Interface (1FOMB)

for Loop-O9500R Single Slot
Features
● One port Fiber Optical Multiplexer interface
● Connect with remote O9310-E1
● Designed for O9500R low speed slots
● N x 64K bps cross-connection with 4E1 bandwidth
● Performance & Diagnosis
- Performance monitoring
- Alarm monitoring
- Local Bert and loopback
● Protection
- FOM ring protection function
- Supports APSD (Auto Power Shutdown)
● Management
- Supports remote management via EOC channel
- Provide multi-color LED indicator
Description
The one FOMB fiber optical interface is a plug-in module that can be used in the low speed slots of the O9500R chassis.
Designed for Loop-O9500R as an embedded 1 or 4 E1 channels over single fiber optical interface and connect with
Loop-O9310-E1.
Point to Point
E1/DS1/ E1/DS1/
Other Controller Controller Other
Data/ cards Card
1FOMB 1FOMB
Card cards Data/
O9500R #1 Cable O9500R #2
2023 Catalog 129

Plug-in Modules
Ring Protection
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
O9500-R #2
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
O9500-R #1 O9500-R #3
FOM O9500-R #2 FOM
Working Working
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
Protection O9500-R #2
Protection
FOM FOM
Tx
O9500-R #1 Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
O9500-R #3
Line O9500-R #2
Break
Working
FOM
Tx Rx
130
Plug-in Modules
Fiber Optical Interface Card

For Loop-AM3440-A/C/D/E Mini Slot
Features
● Supports 1 + 1 protection functionality
● Supports ring protection functionality
● Supports remote management via EOC channel
● Provides a multi-color LED indicator
Description
The fiber optical interface is designed for Loop-AM3440
as embedded 1 or 4 E1 fiber optical modem. This
plugged-in card can be used to aggregate 1 or 4 E1
channels to a single fiber optical interface to connect with
FOM-E1 Card for AM3440-A/C
other Loop-AM3440 and Loop-O9310-E1 units.
1FOM-E1 Card for AM3440-D/E
Point to Point
E1/DS1/ E1/DS1/
Other Controller FOM FOM Controller Other
Data/ cards Card Card Card Card cards Data/
AM3440 #1 Cable AM3440 #2
1 for 1 Protection
FOM Working Working FOM

(Link A) (Link A)
FOM Protection Protection FOM

AM3440 AM3440
(Link B) (Link B)
#1 #2
Line
FOM Break FOM
(Link A) (Link A)
Working Working
AM3440 FOM FOM AM3440
#1 (Link B) (Link B) #2
2023 Catalog 131

Plug-in Modules
Ring Protection
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
AM3440 #2
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
AM3440 #1 AM3440 #3
FOM FOM
AM3440 #2
Working Working
FOM FOM
Tx Rx
Rx Tx
Working Working
FOM FOM
Protection AM3440 #2
Protection
FOM FOM
Tx
AM3440 #1 Rx
FOM
Protection Ring
Rx Tx
AM3440 #3
Line
Break AM3440 #2
Working
FOM
Tx Rx
132
Plug-in Modules
G.SHDSL Interface Card

Features
● Data rate of N x 64 kbps
- where N can range from 1 to 31
● Distances vary by line rate
● Uses industry standard PAM line format
● One-LED indicator per port
● Two port G.shdsl card supports 1+1 protection
4 channel G.SHDSL 2 channel G.SHDSL

Description
The G.SHDSL plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R, and Loop-AM3440 series. This card allows direct
connection to wire pairs using 16PAM transmission technology. Versatility of this card comes from the choice of data
rates, with the lower data rates applicable to longer reaches. The G.shdsl plug-in card can work with the Loop-H3300-3S
and H3310, and is compatible with other G.SHDSL equipment.
The G.SHDSL plug-in card supports configuration and diagnostics using a local or remote terminal connected to the main
unit. This allows in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
Loop-AM3440/ O9500R
G.SHDSL
200 kbps - 2056 kbps

G.SHDSL
2023 Catalog 133

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Serial and Digital Access
(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE

Features
● Supports X.21/RS232/RS422/V.35/V.36/EIA530/
RS449
● Supports both synchronous and asynchronous data
● Port 1 to 4: two DB44 connectors
● Port 5 to 6: two RJ48 connectors
● Five software configurable modes
● MODE 1: V.110
- Supports MUX/NON-MUX Mode for SYNC/ASYNC
data
- Port 1 to 4: RS232/RS422/X.21, SYNC/ASYNC
64kbps and sub-rate with V.110 encoding
- Port 5 to 6: RS232 for 64kbps and sub-rate,
ASYNC only
● MODE 2: N x 64K
- Port 1 to 4: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/
EIA530 SYNC N*64k (N=1~32)
- Port 5 to 6: Disabled
● MODE 3: N x 64K + Oversampling Description
- Port 1 to 3: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/
EIA530 SYNC N*64k, (N=1~32). The 6-port Universal Data Interface Card (6UDTEA) card
- Port 4: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/ for single slots is designed to transport DS0 and sub-rate
EIA530 SYNC, N*64k, (N=1~20). signals. Both SYNC and ASYNC data of X.21, RS449,
- Port 5 to 6: RS232 N*64k (N=1~6) oversampling RS422, RS232, V.35, V.36, EIA530 can be transported
for ASYNC data. on the four ports (i.e. port 1 to 4) of DB44 connector.
● MODE 4: Clock Pass Through ASYNC RS232 can be transported on the additional ports
- Port 1 to 4: RS232/RS422/X.21/V.35/V.36/EIA530 (i.e. port 5 and 6) of RJ48 connector. Per-port software
SYNC 38.4K and subrate configuration is available.
- Port 5 to 6: Disabled Five modes are designed to provide different
● MODE 5: N x 64K + Local and Remote Loopback requirements of DTE signal transportation.
- Port 1 to 4: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/ ● In Mode 1, all 6 ports can be MUXed (V.110) into one
EIA530 SYNC N*64k (N=1~32) 64K channel. When the card is set to NON-MUX in
- Port 5 to 6: Disabled Mode 1, asynchronous data rate per channel/port can
- Local and Remote Loopbacks with BERT, be up to 38.4 Kbps, and synchronous data rate per
supporting V.54 channel/port can be up to 64 Kbps.
● In Mode 2, 3 and 5, each of the four ports is able
to transport N x 64K synchronous signals. Mode 3
supports additional RS232 asynchronous data, and
Mode 5 supports Local and Remote Loopbacks with
BERT
● In Mode 4, Clock Pass Through is available for port 1
to 4.
With 6UDTEA card and high bandwidth SDH/SONET/
PTN uplink capacity of O9500R, DTE signals can then be
hauled throughout networks to remote sites with minimal
delay.
134
Plug-in Modules
Serial and Digital Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
DTE Data Multiplexing
GbE/10GbE
E1/T1 SDH/SONET
MPLS-TP/CE
Network Network
IP Network
O9500R
AM3440
6UDTEA
SYNC/ASYNC
DTE signal
transportation
X.21, RS449, RS422,

RS232, V.35, V.36, EIA530
Mode 1: Mode 2: Mode 3: Mode 4: Mode 5:

Multiplexing N x DS0 N x DS0 Clock Pass Through N x DS0
DS0 sub-rates + +
Oversampling Local & Remote
Loopback
2023 Catalog 135

Plug-in Modules
(8UDTEA) 8-port Universal Data Interface Card

Features
● Single slot card for O9500R and AM3440-A/C series
● 8-port universal data interface card supports RS232/
RS422/RS485 interface
- DCE interface per port
- Per port software configurable
- RS485 supports 4 wires Full Duplex
- RS422 supports 4 wires
- Supports Full-Duplex and Half-Duplex modes
(optional)
● Oversampling channel to transmit ASYNC data
● N x 56/64K bps, N = 1 to 6 for DS0 channels to
oversample the ASYNC data
● Channel for 56Kbps or 64Kbps is software
configurable for each card application
● Card base options are Omnibus, Terminal Server, and
Clock Pass Through functions
- Terminal Server (TS)
● 8 remote IP address for each physical port
● Router Mode: 64WANS, RIP-I, RIP-II, Static
route
● Bandwidth for each WAN is N x 64Kbps; N=1 to
32 Description
- Omnibus (OMNI)
● Omnibus for data The 8UDTEA card of O9500R and AM3440 series is
● Application of Daisy Chain, Star, Point to Multi- 8-port universal data interface card that complies with
point RS232/RS422/RS485 DCE interface for ASYNC data
● Maximum 8 groups/per port transmission by oversampling SYNC data channel. It
- Clock Pass Through (CPT) allows multiplexing of n x 56/64Kbps data to multiply of
● Pass through RS232 clock transparently for DS0 time slot onto a digital network.
RADAR application
● Handshaking for RS232 only The 8UDTEA card provide oversampling function as
● Flow control for RS232 only basic, it can be set to be Omnibus (OMNI), Terminal
● Loopback Server (TS), or Clock Pass Through (CPT) by card base.
Universal DTE Application
Industry Platform E1 Industry

Network Device
AM3440 AM3440
Remote Device
Remote Control
136
Plug-in Modules
Terminal Server: Point-to-Multipoint Application
Manager Loop-AM3440
Terminal Server
E1
T
S
DTE1 DTE4 DTE8

ASYNC Port ASYNC Port ASYNC Port
NE NE NE
TS
E1
Network
E1 Loop-AM3440
Terminal Server
Loop-AM3440
E1
T
S
DTE1 DTE4 DTE8

ASYNC Port ASYNC Port ASYNC Port
NE NE NE
RT: Router
TS: Terminal Service
Omnibus Application
Single WAN, Nx64k carries all eight

conference groups
E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1
Omnibus Mode Omnibus Mode Omnibus Mode
G1 G2 G8 G1 G2 G8 G1 G2 G8
DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE DTE
NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE
Each port is programmable to one of Eight groups

G1 = Group 1
G2 = Group 2
G8 = Group 8
2023 Catalog 137

Plug-in Modules
Clock Pass Through Application
E1
Network
Synchronized Clock
+
Point-to-point RS232 Sync Data
Control
Panel
Echo Radar Runway
138
Plug-in Modules
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/ X.21/RS232)

Features
● 1-channel DTE plug-in cards for mini slot (V.35, X.21,
RS232)
● Maximum date rate
- V.35 and X.21 N x 56 or 64 kbps, N = 1 to 32
- RS232: N x 56 or 64 kbps, N = 1 to 2
● Mapping to any sequential time slots
Description
Loop Telecom’s 1-channel V.35/RS232/X.21 plug-in cards For AM3440-A/C
are designed for the mini slot of Loop-AM3440 series.
It allows multiplexing of N x 64 kbps data to multiples of
DS0 time slots onto a digital network.
For AM3440-D/E
2023 Catalog 139

Plug-in Modules
140
Plug-in Modules
3RS232a Card
for Loop-AM3440 Mini Slot
Features
● Supports RS232
● Supports one DB44 connector for Port 1, 2, and 3.
● Two software configurable modes:
- RS232 DTE Sub-rate mode
- RS232 DCE Sub-rate mode
● RS232 DTE/DCE Sub-rate Mode:
- Port 1 and Port 2: Sync/Async RS232
- Port 3: Async RS232
- Supports V.110 sub-rate
- Supports both synchronous and asynchronous
data
- Data rate
● Sync: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 7.2K**, 9.6K,
14.4K**, 19.2K, 38.4K, 48K, 64K
● Async: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 7.2K**, 9.6K,
14.4K**, 19.2K, 38.4K For AM3440-A/C
- Supports MUX or NON-MUX (independent)
operation
- Async supports: 7 or 8bits data, 1 or 2 stop bits,
odd/even/none parity
- DCE mode/DTE mode per-card software
configurable, with different conversion cable
supported
**proprietary transport mode for 7.2K and 14.4K data rate
For AM3440-D/E
Description
The 3RS232a card for Loop-AM3440 series has three interface ports. The DB44 connector is available in Asynchronous
and Synchronous modes and provides three ports. One cable supported is for converting from DB44 connector to two
DB25 and one DB9 connectors.
For Asynchronous signals, each of the three asynchronous ports up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s
channel in independent mode. Moreover, each port can be used in either NON-MUX (independent) mode or MUX mode
for Sync/Async applications.
The 3RS232a card comes in two sizes, the longer one is for AM3440-A and C while the shorter one is for AM3440-D and
E. Both allow users to transport subrate signals on a 64Kbps channel and the data will fill into the bit stream. Users are
able to have customized MUX configuration as wishes. Also, all three ports can be MUXed; only port 1 is in MUX mode at
all time, and all the configured MUX ports will be merged to port 1. Furthermore, there will be solely one MUX group and
all Mux port kbits cannot be larger than 64kbits.
Application Illustrations Loop-AM3440
E1 / T1 /
G.shdsl
3RS232a Interfaces
WAN
RS232
Device
2023 Catalog 141

Plug-in Modules
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232

For AM3440-A/C Single Slot
Features
● 6 RS232 ports per card
● Supports V.110 protocol
● Data rate
- Sync: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 9.6K, 19.2K, 38.4K,
48K, 64K
- Async: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 9.6K, 19.2K, 38.4K
● Mode: MUX or NON-MUX (independent) mode
● RTS remote management
● Two card types:
- 6 RJ48 only card: 6 ports RS232 Async
- 2 DB44 card: Up to 4 ports RS232
- Sync/Async + 2 ports RS232 Async
Description
The 6RS232A card for Loop-AM3440 series has 6 interface ports. For the RJ version, 6 RJ48 connectors are available
in Asynchronous mode. For the DB version, 2 DB44 connectors are available in Asynchronous and Synchronous modes
and provide 3 ports each. Two cables are included. Each cable converts from DB44 connector to two DB25 and one DB9
connectors.
For Asynchronous signals, each of the 6 asynchronous ports up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s
channel in independent mode. Moreover, each port can be used in either NON-MUX (independent) mode or MUX mode
for Sync/Async applications.
The 6RS232A card is designed to allow user to transport subrate signals on a 64Kbps channel and the data will fill into
the bit stream. Users are able to have customized MUX configuration as wishes. Also, all 6 ports can be MUXed; only
port 1 is in MUX mode at all time, and all the configured MUX ports will be merged to port 1. Furthermore, there will be
solely one MUX group and all Mux port kbits cannot be larger than 64kbits.
Loop-AM3440
E1 / T1 /
G.shdsl
6RS232A Interfaces
WAN
RS232
Device
142
Plug-in Modules
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate

Features
● Supports X.50 division 2 and X.54
● Single slot
● Two card types:
- 8 RJ48 only card: 8 ports RS232 Async
- 2 RJ48 + 2 DB44 card: Up to 4 ports RS232 Sync
+ 4 ports RS232 Async
● MUX mode: 4 Sync ports at 9.6Kb/s share one 64K
● LED status indicator
● Hot swappable
● Supports Async rates from 600 bps to 38400 bps
● Supports Sync rates from 600 bps to 64000 bps
Description
The 8RS232 interface card for Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440 series has 8 interface ports. For the RJ version, 8 RJ48
connectors are available in Asynchronous/Sync mode. The sync mode method used is oversampling at 64 Kbps, the
max data rate for each RJ48 is 19.2 Kbps only available in some ports. For the DB version, 2 RJ48 provide 2 ports and 2
DB44 connectors provide 3 ports each. Two cables are included. Each cable converts from DB44 connector to two DB25
and one DB9 connectors.
For asynchronous signals, the card can be used in either INDEPENDENT mode or MUX mode. In the INDEPENDENT
mode, each of the 8 asynchronous ports up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s channel. In the MUX mode,
up to 5 ports, each up to 9.6 Kb/s, can share a single 64 Kb/s channel. The remaining 3 ports will be multiplexed to
another 64Kb/s channel.
For synchronous signals only four of the ports can be used, leaving another 4 ports as asynchronous. In the
INDEPENDENT mode, each of the 4 synchronous ports can be up to 64 Kb/s. The rest of the 4 asynchronous ports,
each up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s channel per port. In the MUX mode, the 4 synchronous ports,
each up to 9.6 Kb/s, share a single 64 Kb/s channel. The other 3 asynchronous ports will be multiplexed to another 64Kb/
s channel.
The 8RS232 interface card uses the multiplexing format defined in ITU-T X.50 Div.2 and in X.54 for rates below 64 Kbps.
For 64 Kbps transport, standard RS232 format is used. In the INDEPENDENT mode when only one subrate signal is
transported, the unused bandwidth is filled with "1s".
Loop-AM3440/O9500R
E1 / T1 /
G.shdsl
RS232-X.50 Interfaces
WAN
RS232
Device
2023 Catalog 143

Plug-in Modules
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps

Features
● 6-port G.703 single slot plug-in card for the AM3440
and O9500R series
● ITU G.703 64 Kbps Co-directional and Contra-
directional
● Per port configurable for Co-directional or Contra-
directional interfaces
● Co-directional Alarm: LOS and insert AIS(All 1)
● Contra-directional: LOO (Loss Of Octet)
● Loop back: DTE Payload Loopback, Local Loopback
Description
The 6CDA plug-in card is designed for the single slot of Loop-AM3440 and O9500R series. This interface supports 64
kbps data transport using the G.703 co-directional or contra-directional timing standard over a balanced wire.
The 6CDA card provides three co-directional/contra-directional mode options for different field requirements: (a) Co-
directional + Contra-directional controlling (DCE) mode, (b) Co-directional + Contra-directional subordinate / Centralized
(DTE) mode, and (c) Mixed mode.
The 6CDA card supports diagnostics and alarms. This allows diagnostics and fault isolation.
144
Plug-in Modules
(1ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP

For AM3440-A/C/D Mini Slot
Features
● RJ45 & 4-wire non-loaded balanced loop connector
● Supports data transmission sub-rates up to 64kbps
● DDS or Switched 56
● Configuration software field upgradeable For AM3440-A/C
● Automatic line equalization
● Can be multiplexed with other ports
● Easy configuration from SNMP, Telnet, and VT-100
terminal
For AM3440-D/E*
*Future Option
Description
The 1port OCU-DP plug-card is an interface card designed for the Loop-AM3440 series. This card combines the OCU-
DP function with a CSU/DSU.
For CPE applications, the Dual OCU DP module allows network administrators to cut network access charges and
continue to support traditional DDS/SW56 requirements. By reusing existing CPE products such as the DSU III AR, the
OCU DP module can extend switched 56 circuits to a conference room to support video-conferencing. The module can
also be used to extend a 56K Frame Relay circuit to FSU located in a computer room. The flexibility of the AM3440 series
allows multiple OCU DP module operations with any of the existing interface modules for voice, data, or routing.
Central Office Customer

Network
Network
T1/ E1
T1/ E1 V.35
AM3440
DS0 DP
OCU DP OCU DP Subnet DS0

Line Customer Site
OCU DP
Master
AM3440
OCU DP Network Service Provider
2023 Catalog 145

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Voice
Serial and
and Analog
Digital Access
Access
(ODP) 8-channel OCU/DP

For AM3440 and O9500R Single Slot
Features
● 8 ports per card
● Connector: Eight RJ48S or one Telco 64
● 4-wire non-loaded balanced loop connector
● Supports data transmission sub-rates up to 64 kb/s
● DDS or Switched 56
● Automatic line equalization
Description
The Octal OCU/DP (Office Channel Unit / Data Port) plug-
card is an interface card designed for the Loop-AM3440 and
O9500R. This card combines OCU/DP functionality with a
CSU/DSU.
The Loop OCU/DP card is designed to provide full OCU/DP

operation for office applications and can be used to extend 64K
DDS, switched 56K or Frame Relay circuits up to 18,000 feet
from the multiplexer.
The flexibility of the Loop-AM3440 and O9500R family allows multiple OCU/DP module operation with any of the existing
interface modules for voice, data or routing.
Furthermore, the octal OCU/DP plug-in card can be easily configured through SNMP, Telnet/SSH, VT-100 terminal or the
Loop-AM3440/O9500R front panel.
Central Office Network Customer

Network
T1/ E1
Loop-AM3440/ T1/ E1 V.35

O9500R DS0 DP
OCU DP OCU DP Subnet DS0

Line Customer Site
OCU DP
Master
Loop-AM3440/
O9500R
OCU DP Network Service Provider
146
Plug-in Modules
Voice and Analog Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
(12FXOA/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS

Features
● 12 RJ11 connectors or one Telco 64 connector
● 12 telephone connections for FXS
● 12 central office or PBX line connections for FXO
● Supports PLAR
● Loop start or Loop start/ground start option
● Battery reverse supported
● DID supported
● 12 kHz and 16 kHz metering pulse option
● A, B, C, D signaling bit software programmable
● A-law or µ-law coding 12FXOA
Description
The 12FXSA/12FXOA plug-in cards are designed for the single
slot of Loop-AM3440 and O9500R series. It allows voice frequency
interfaces to be multiplexed as a 64 kbps DS0 signal onto a
digital network. 12FXSA provides 12 voice Interfaces connect
to telephones. 12FXOA provides connections from telephone
lines, either from a central office or from a PBX in twelve RJ11
connectors or one Telco 64 connector. Coding is either A-law or
µ-law selectable by user. Most popular signaling conventions are
supported, including PLAR.
12FXSA
Application Illustrations Digital

WAN
C.O.
Loop-AM3440/ E1 / T1
O9500R
FXSA Card
Metering Pulse
( 12 KHz/ 16 KHz)
CO
Switch
Support Telephones Pay Phone

Hot line GND-start Modem
Digital
WAN
C.O.
Loop-AM3440/ E1 / T1
O9500R
FXOA
CO
Switch
Support GND-
PABX
start
2023 Catalog 147

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Voice and Analog Access
(QFXOA)Quad FXO Voice Card (type A)

for Loop-AM3440-A/C/D/E
Features
● 4 central office or PBX line connections for QFXO
● Loop start or ground start (manufacturing option)
● A, B, C, D signaling bits per-port configurable
● User programmable A-law or µ-law coding
● Gain adjustment per-port configurable
● User programmable balance 600/900 ohm impedance For AM3440-A/C
● Diagnostic Test
● Status Monitoring
● Battery reverse supported
Description For AM3440-D/E
Loop Telecom’s QFXOA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440. It allows voice frequency interfaces to be
multiplexed as a 64 Kbps DS0 signal onto a digital network. QFXOA provides four voice connections to central office or
PBX and it provides user programmable A-law or µ-law coding. The QFXOA supports signaling and voice tests, including
Off-hook test, ring test, battery reverse test, and tip open test.
Digital
WAN
C.O.
Loop-AM3440 E1 / T1
QFXOA
CO
Switch
Support GND-start
PABX
148
Plug-in Modules
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS Voice Card (type A)

Features
● 4 telephone connections
● PLAR supported
● 3 options supported: Loop Start, Ground Start,
Metering Pulse
● Metering Pulse support 12KHz/16KHz
● User programmable signaling Bit A, B, C, D
● User programmable A-law or µ-law coding QFXSA Card Panel View
● User programmable gain adjustment (for AM3440-A/C)
● User programmable balance 600/900 ohm impedance
● Complied with ±48 Vdc and AC power modules
● Signaling and voice tests
● Status monitoring
QFXSA Card Panel View

(for AM3440-D/E)
Description
The QFXSA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440. It allows voice frequency interfaces to be multiplexed as a
64 kbps DS0 signal onto a digital network. QFXSA provides connections to four telephones and it also provides user
programmable A-law or µ-law coding. Most popular signaling conventions are supported, including PLAR (Private Line
Automatic Ring down). The QFXSA supports signaling tests, including ring test, battery reverse test, channel swap,
metering pulse test, and tip open test. Moreover, it supports status monitoring: line, signaling bit, and jump setting.
NOTE
The QFXSA card has to work with AM3440 controller firmware v8.38.01 or up to support below new functions:
(a) Firmware upgrade
(b) FPGA reset
(c) 0.1dB step gain adjustment
(d) Signaling bits programmable
(e) Diagnostic
(f) Signaling tests
(g) Status monitoring
2023 Catalog 149

Plug-in Modules
Digital
WAN
C.O.
Loop-AM3440 E1/ T1
QFXSA
Metering Pulse
(12KHz/ 16KHz)
Telephones Pay Phone
WAN Digital
C.O.
PLAR ON
Loop-AM3440 E1/ T1
PLAR ON
QFXSA QFXSA
Digital
WAN
C.O.
Loop-AM3440 E1/ T1
QFXSA
Metering Pulse
(12KHz/ 16KHz)
Modem Telephones Pay Phone
150
Plug-in Modules
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto

Features
● 12 telephone connections for Magneto
● Connector: Twelve RJ11 or one Telco 64
● Supports MRD (manual ring down)
● Supports Magneto to FXS speak PLAR function
● Supports dual type L1/L2 and L1/GND magneto
phone or MRD
● Per port software programmable for ringing and ring
detection on L1/L2 or L1/GND
● A, B, C, D signaling bits per-port configurable
● 16 Vrms minimum detectable ring
● Intended for use with 110-220 Vac (SAB) or ±48 Vdc
powered main units
Description
The twelve-channel magneto (12MAGA) plug-in card is designed for the low speed single slot of Loop-O9500R and
Loop-AM3440-A/C devices. This module allows communications between magneto telephones. With the card set in
PLAR mode, communications can take place between a magneto telephone and a regular telephone. All signaling is
carried transparently by the digitizing process.
AM3440/ AM3440/
O9500R
Application IllustrationsO9500R
MAGAAM3440/E1/T1
E1/T1 E1/T1 AM3440/MAGA
Card O9500R Card Card O9500R Card
AM3440/ E1/T1 E1/T1
AM3440/MAGA
MAGA E1/T1
O9500R Card O9500R
Card Card Card
MAGA E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1 MAGA
Card Card Card Card
AM3440/
Standard AM3440/
Magneto Phone to Magneto Phone
O9500R O9500R
FXS AM3440/E1/T1
E1/T1 E1/T1 AM3440/MAGA
Card O9500R Card Card O9500R Card
AM3440/E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1 AM3440/MAGA
FXS
O9500R Card Card
O9500R Card
Card
Standard PLAR
FXS
ON E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1 PLAR
MAGAON
Phone Mode
Card Card Card Mode
Card
Standard PLAR ON PLAR ON
Phone Mode Mode
Phone Telephone
Mode to Hand-Cranked Magneto Phone (PLAR ON)
Mode
AM3440/ MAGNETO
O9500R PHONE
FXS AM3440/ MAGA MAGNETO
Card
PBX
Card
O9500R PHONE
FXS AM3440/ MAGA MAGNETO
PBX
Card Card
Standard PLAR ONO9500R PLAR ON PHONE
FXS MAGA
Phone Mode Mode PBX
Card Card
As Telephone Converter
Mode Mode(PLAR ON)
Phone
Phone Mode Mode
2023 Catalog 151
Plug-in Modules
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto

For Loop-AM3440
Features
● 4 telephone connections for Magneto
● Supports MRD (manual ring down)
● Supports Magneto to FXS speak PLAR function
● Supports dual type L1/L2 and L1/GND magneto
phone or MRD For AM3440-A/C
● Per port software programmable for ringing and ring
detection on L1/L2 or L1/GND
● 16 Vrms minimum detectable ring
● Intended for use with 110-220 Vac (SAB) or ±48 Vdc
(SD, SDA, SDB, SD125) powered main units
For AM3440-D/E*
*Future Option
Description
The four-channel magneto (QMAGA) plug-in card is designed for mini slot on Loop-AM3440 series. This module allows
communications between magneto telephones. With the card set in PLAR mode, communications can take place
between a magneto telephone and a regular telephone. All signaling is carried transparently by the digitizing process.
Standard Magneto Phone to Magneto Phone
E1/T1
E1/T1
E1/T1
Standard PLAR
PLAR PLAR
PLAR
Standard PLAR PLAR
Standard
Phone Mode
Mode Mode
Mode
Phone Mode Mode
Phone
Telephone to Hand-Cranked Magneto Phone (PLAR ON)
Standard PLAR
PLAR PLAR
PLAR
Standard PLAR PLAR
Standard
Phone Mode
Mode Mode
Mode
Phone Mode Mode
Phone
As Telephone Converter
152
Plug-in Modules
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M

Features
● Eight RJ45 connectors or one Telco 64 connector for
E&M
● Supports E&M signaling over Type 1, Type 2, Type 3,
Type 4 and Type 5
● Per-port programmable gain and signaling bits setting
● A side and B side supported (A side is exchange side,
B side is carrier side)
● 2 wire, 4 wire supported
● Transmit only (TO) type supported
● A-law or μ-law coding
● Provides ±24, ±48 or ±125Vdc powered manufacture
options for AM3440-A/C
● Provides ±48 powered manufacture options for
O9500R
Description
Loop Telecom’s E&MA plug-in card is designed for the single slots. It allows 8 ports E&M interfaces to be multiplexed to
64 kbps DS0 signals. It can also be used as TO (Transmit Only). Voice coding can be selected as either A-law or μ-law.
Manufacture options are available to use on AM3440 system with ±24, ±48 or ±125Vdc power input and O9500R with
±48 power input.
Modem Loop-AM3440/ Loop-AM3440/

O9500R O9500R Switch
E&MA E1/T1
E1/T1 E1/T1 E&MA
Card Card Card Card
Switch Modem
Standard E&M interface equipment
link or tandem connection
PBX Microwave System
2023 Catalog 153

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Voice
Data Processing
and Analog Access
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M Voice Card (type A)

Features
● Five E&M signaling types are supported: Type I, Type
II, Type III, Type IV, and Type V
● Jumpers selectable for Type I, II, III, IV, V or Tx only
● TO (Transmit Only) supported
● A-side and B-side supported: A-side is exchange side;
B-side is carrier side
● User programmable A-law or µ-law coding QEMA Card for AM3440-A/C
● User programmable loss adjustment
● User programmable balance 600/900 ohm impedance
● CAS signaling convention
● Jumper selectable: 2/4 WIRE, A/B SIDE
● Support diagnostic functions, including:
- off hook test
- loopback test
- LED display bit for signaling monitoring
QEMA Card for AM3440-D/E
Description
Loop Telecom’s QEMA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440. E&M provide user selectable A-law or µ-law
coding.
The AM3440 QEMA card requires an external cable to support 4-RJ45 ports for connecting to PBX tie lines, carrier
facilities, or 4-wire modems. Each RJ45 port has 8 pins supporting the following signaling and transmission pairs: E/M,
SG/SB, T/R, and T1/R1.
The card can configure different types, A/B side and 2/4 wire options by jump location. Users can utilize additional
jumpers enclosed in the package for Type I, II, III, IV, V and TO (Transmit Only) signaling options. Type TO provides
dedicated 4-wire transmit and receive paths to lease-line modem equipment. There are choices of two side: Using A side
mode, the card can operate as switching equipment. Using B side mode, the card can operate as channel equipment.
There are 3 diagnostic functions supported: off hook test, loopback test, and LED display bit for signaling monitoring.
Moreover, users could have LEDs provide channel setting and channel status indicators.
NOTE
The jumper version QEMA card has to work with AM3440 controller firmware v8.30.01 or up to support:
(a) 0.1dB step gain adjustment
(b) software configurable signaling bits
(c) trunk condition setting
(d) diagnostic functions
(e) side/wire/signaling/power display
Network
Loop-AM3440
E1/ T1
Quad E&M
CO Lease Line Radio Power EM

Switch Modem SW & Audio link Phone
154
Plug-in Modules
Data Processing Low-speed (LS) Cards
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge

Features
● Hot pluggable single slot card for O9500R and
AM3440 series
● ASYNC RS232 data only
● Two card types, both support 8 ports RS232 ASYNC
- 8 RJ48C card
- 2 RJ48C + 2 DB44 card
● Data bridge features
- Each card supports up to 128 DS0
- Each port supports bridge functionality to N remote
tributary sites (N = 1-20)
- Works with the other equipment in the transmission
of 1200 to 19200 bps asynchronous data via
oversampling channel
● Protection
- 1+1 port protection
- 1+1 slot protection, switching time < 50 ms
- Dual Host Data Server
● LED status indicator
Description
The Data Bridge Card for Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440 series has 8 RS232 ports. On the Data Bridge Card, each
RS232 port uses data bridge function on 1DS0 sync 56 kbps or 64 kbps channel to get the ASYNC data from the host
data server (ASYNC data rate ranges from 1.2K bps - 19.2K bps). Then the host data server will broadcast the data to
the remote tributary site.
Under operation, 1 to 20 end points per multi-drop circuit go into a logical ended 56K or 64K channel, and the data at the
tributary and the host end enters the channel banks through RS232 synchronous interfaces. The primary is then either
mapped out the RS232 synchronous port or is mapped to another upstream DS0. Each port RS232 could support the
data bridge function reaching to 20 remote tributary sites. Each tributary is asynchronous data sent over synchronous
channel using over-sampling techniques.
Protection can be (a) 1+1 on a pair of ports on the same card which provides line protection, (b) 1+1 on pair of ports on
adjacent cards which provides card protection, or (c) 1+1 on a pair of ports on different chassis which provides chassis
and site protection.
Note: Although the Data Bridge Cards serve the same hardware function on O9500R and AM3440, they have different
firmware.
2023 Catalog 155

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Data Processing
The host data server is responsible for sending requests to the target tributary site. Only one tributary site
is allowed to send data to the host data server at a time. When the tributary site gets the request, it sends
ASYNC data through E1/T1 network into the O9500R and AM3440 devices. The data from the tributary sites
could either travel on separate DS0 within a single E1/T1 Network, or within separate E1/T1 Networks. The
data goes into the O9500R and AM3440 through the QE1/QT1 card, TSI connect mapping and the Data
Bridge Card, then to the host data server.
E1/T1 Network
Oversampling Oversampling Oversampling

QE1 Sync RS232 Sync RS232 Sync RS232 1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC
or via RS232
P1 P2 P3 P4
QT1 Tributary
1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC 1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC Site
via RS232 via RS232
TSI
Tributary Tributary
Site Site N = 1 to 20
VP1 VP2 VP3 VP4
Note:
Data 128 DS0 1. Each Data Bridge Card supports up to 128 DS0. Each RS232
Bridge port on the data bridge card supports up to 20 DS0. Only an
Card average of 16 DS0 is allowed for each port at most when they
56
Kbps transmit data at the same time.
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 2. Each Virtual Port supports up to 32 DS0.
1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC

via RS232 Host Data
Server
156
Plug-in Modules
1 + 1 backup function on one Data Bridge Card
RS232 port1 and 5, port 2 and 6, port 3 and 7, port 4 and 8 work in pairs to support 1+1 backup function. Port1 to port 4
connects to the active host data server, and port 5 to port 8 connects to the backup host data server.
O9500R/AM3440-A/C
DXC E1/T1
E1/
T1
Data Bridge
Card
RS232
Ports
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Active Backup
Host Data Host Data

Server Server
1 + 1 backup function on one AM3440 chassis
The Data Bridge Cards in slot 1 and 2, slot 3 and 4, slot 5 and 6…slot 11 and 12 work in pairs for card-level 1+1 backup
function.
Data Bridge Card

In Slot 1 O9500R/
AM3440-A/C
Active
Host Data
Server RS232 DXC E1/T1
Port 1
E1/
T1
Data Bridge Card

In Slot 2
Host Data Backup

Server RS232
Port 1
2023 Catalog 157

Plug-in Modules
1 + 1 backup function on different chassis
The data bridge card supports dual host data box function. When one host data server is broken, the other
host data server gets and sends the data to the remote tributary data box.
Site A (Active)
Data Bridge Card O9500R/

AM3440-A/C
Host Data DXC E1/T1
Server RS232 E1/
Port T1
E1 Network
Site B (Backup)
O9500R/
Data Bridge Card
AM3440-A/C
Host Data DXC
Server RS232 E1/
Port T1
E1/T1
158
Plug-in Modules
Dry Contact Interface Card

Features
● Two Dry Contact plug-in cards are available
- Dry Contact type B card
- Dry Contact type C card
- Lighting Protection (IEC61850-3, IEEE1613)
● Dry Contact Inputs
- 8 pairs per card (2 ports per card, 4 pairs per port)
- Connector: RJ45
- Collect dry contact input signals and send alarm
traps via SNMP port or inband to LoopView EMS
management system
- Collect dry contact to be transferred via the E1 or
fiber optic cable to a dry relay contact output
- Type A input port provides 3.3V output
● Dry Contact Outputs
- 8 pairs per card
- Connector: Screw
- Enable dry contact output signals through
instructions via SNMP port or inband to Loop-iNET
EMS management system
- Enable dry contact from the E1 or fiber cable to a
dry relay contact output Dry Contact Type B Dry Contact Type C
- Support Open/Short function
- Support transparent and non-transparent relay
modes
Description
Loop Telecom’s Dry Contact type B and Dry Contact type C plug-in cards are designed for the Loop-AM3440 and
O9500R series. These Dry Contact cards, which can be assigned to 2 DS0 time slots or 16 DS0 time slots, are used for
(1) collecting alarm inputs from non-SNMP devices and issuing alarms via an SNMP trap, (2) sending commands to close
remote contacts for relay devices, and (3) repeat a remote contact closure with a local contact closure.
The difference between Dry Contacts type B and type C is the higher voltage for type B interface card. These cards are
used to detect remote contact closures activated by alarms and to provide remote contact closures to control network
operation where needed.
When 2 DS0 time slots are chosen to carry the dry contact signals, 8 bits of one time slot carry the input contact status,
and 8 bits of the other carry the output contact commands. When 16 DS0 time slots are chosen to carry the dry contact
signals, one bit of each of 8 DS0 time slot carry the input contact status, and one bit of each of other 8 DS0 carry the
output commands.
2023 Catalog 159

Plug-in Modules
System Dry Contact Input Application –SNMP Trap

Control When the alarm occurs, this is detected by the dry contact
input. The dry contact card will send an alarm trap to
Control Center via SNMP port for management.
SNMP Trap
Loop-AM3400/ O9500R
Dry Contact
Dry Dry
Contact Contact
Alarm Control
Inputs Outputs
Dry Contact Output Application – Remote System

Contact Control Control
From the Control Center, any dry contact can be made to
close by remote commands
Remote
Command
Loop-AM3440/ O9500R
Dry Contact
Dry
Contact
Control
Outputs
Point to Point Application — Using both input and output dry contacts
Using one DS0 for alarm input and one DS0 for alarm output, and vice versa. When the alarm occurs, it will send
an alarm trap via the SNMP port for management. Also, the dry contact inputs at the local site can be detected and
transmitted to the dry contact outputs at the control site.
160
Plug-in Modules
Control Site
SNMP
Trap
E1/T1/FOM SNMP
Loop-AM3440/ Loop-AM3440/
O9500R O9500R
Dry
Dry Contact
Contact
Dry Contact Dry
Alarm Inputs Alarm Relay Port Contact
Alarm Control
Panel Outputs
Point to Multi-Point Application
Using the 16 DS0 to carry the alarm input and alarm output (8 DS0 for input, 8 DS0 for output), and vice versa. When
the any of the assigned alarms occurs, it will send an alarm trap via the SNMP port for management. From the central
management center, all dry contact outputs can be controlled.
Control Site
Site A SNMP Trap
Loop-AM3440/
O9500R
SNMP Port
Dry
Contact
Loop-AM3440/
Dry Contact
O9500R
Alarm Dry Contact
Inputs
Dry Contact
Control
Outputs
Site B
Loop-AM3440/
O9500R Alarm
Site C
Dry Panel
Contact Loop-AM3440/
Dry Contact O9500R
Alarm
Dry
Inputs
Contact
Dry Contact
Alarm Alarm Relay Port
Inputs
2023 Catalog 161

Plug-in Modules
Analog Bridge Card

For Loop-AM3440 Mini Slot
Features
● Mini-Slot plug-in module for AM3440-A/C/D/E
● Up to 8 bridge groups
● Analog Bridge function
- Data Bridge
● Working with voice cards (E&M, FXS, and
Magneto) on the AM3440
● Downstream: two to many
● Upstream: many to two
● Master/Slave Architecture
- Up to 2 Masters and 14 Slaves in one group
- 2 Masters for 1+1 protection
● Voice Conference Hotline Mode with CAS Signaling
- Any-to-Any architecture
- Up to 16 members in one group
● RS232 Data Bridge function For AM3440-A/C
- Working with 8RS232, 8DBRA cards on the
AM3440
- Downstream: two to many
- Upstream: many to two
- Master/Slave Architecture
● Up to 2 Masters and 14 Slaves in one group
● 2 Masters for 1+1 protection
● Voice Protection Mode
- One Master to two Slaves for 1+1 protection
- Analog signals only
- 42 protection groups
● OCU-DP Data Bridge function
- Downstream: one to many
- Upstream: many to one
- Data rate: 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64K
- Master/Slave Architecture For AM3440-D/E
● 1 Master to 14 Slaves in one group
● 1:1 Card Protection
- Dual-card redundancyNOTE
Note: Supported by AM3440-CCB controller FW V11.14.02,

AM3440-CCPA controller FW V12.05.01, AM3440-2GEa
controller FW V23.02.01, AM3440-DCSa controller
FW V.13.05.01, AM3440-8GEHSWa controller FW
V33.01.01 and up.
Description
The Analog Bridge Card (ABRA) is designed for the AM3440 series which is for analog bridging and digital bridging
function. It works with E&M, FXS, and Magneto cards in analog data bridging and voice conferencing mode with CAS. It
works with 8RS232 and 8DBRA in digital data bridging mode. Digital bridging can be performed at either 64k bit/s or sub-
rates (when MJU function is enabled) to support sub-rate signals from interface cards such as OCU-DP.
The ABRA Card supports up to eight independent analog or digital bridge groups. An analog group can be set to either
the conference mode or Master/Slave mode; a digital group can be set only to Master/Slave mode.
In the conference mode, up to 16 members in one conference group are allowed to participate in a single any-to-any
voice conference with hotline signaling. Voice traffic coming from E&M, FXS, and Magneto interfaces could be mapped to
a member channel and broadcast to other member channels.
162
Plug-in Modules
In the Master/Slave mode, data are bridged upstream and downstream in master/slave architecture. Upstream, the card
checks all Rx data from slave ports in a master/slave group and sends the data from only one active slave to the master
port. Downstream, it duplicates traffic coming from the master and then broadcasts the traffic to all slaves.
The ABRA card can be set to the Voice Protection mode to enable 1+1 protection for analog signals. Besides, the ABRA
card supports 1:1 card protection for mission critical communication networks. That is when primary card is working,
secondary card is used for backup to protect each other and vice versa.
ABRA Card (Analog Bridge) Point to specified point (1 to 14)
Slave 1
AM3440
Modem
Voice Module
2 / 4 -Wire Modem FXS/E&M/
Magneto
Master 1
TDM Network Modem
E1
Master 2 Modem
AM3440
Modem
Slave 14
AM3440 Modem
OCUDP Card (Data Bridge) Upstream mapping through DS0
T1 RS232
RS232
Host Data T1
Server T1
T1 TDM cloud RS232
T1
RS232
T1
RS232
Host Data
Server
2023 Catalog 163

Plug-in Modules
OCUDP Card (Data Bridge) OCUDP Data Bridge (available only in the MJU mode)
OCU-DP
E1/T1 RTU
OCU-DP
E1/T1 AM3440
SCADA Host
AM3440
E1/T1 OCU-DP
E1/T1 TDM cloud RTU
+ AM3440
AM3440 E1/T1
OCU-DP
OCU-DP RTU
E1/T1 AM3440
SCADA Host
AM3440
Voice Conferencing with CAS Signaling

ABRA Card (Analog Bridge) Voice Conference with CAS Signaling
On Hook (No ring)

Off Hook (Ringing)
No Ring No Ring
After 10s.
CAS
ABRA
ABRA
1 Timeslot
CAS 1 Timeslot
CAS CAS CAS

ABRA
ABRA
ABRA
ABRA
1 Timeslot 1 Timeslot 1 Timeslot

OFF-HOOK
No Ring No Ring PICK UP No Ring No Ring No Ring No Ring No Ring

After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s.
164
Plug-in Modules
(ECA) Echo Canceller

Features
● Carrier Grade Echo Canceller pass AT&T voice quality
test
● 64ms bi-directional or 64/128ms uni-directional
● Maximum 64 channels
● One way or bi-direction echo cancellation from PCM
bus to ECA card
● E1/T1 multichannel echo cancellation
● A-law/Mu-law coding
● Comply ITU-T G.165 and ITU-T G.168-2000 and 2002
Description
The Echo Canceller Card (ECA) is designed for the
AM3440 series which is for voice quality improvement in
4-wire lines to 2-wire lines and long distance telephony
applications. The echo canceller card is up to 64 channels
echo canceller which supports 64ms uni-directional or For AM3440-A/C For AM3440-D/E
64ms bi-directional or 128ms uni-directional.
The path change detector of ECA card provides the push from slow to fast convergence. The narrow-band detector
detects these discrete tones, freezes the echo canceller to stay adapted and maintain excellent performance.
The ECA card supports uni-directional or bi-directional echo cancellation from PCM bus to ECA card which allows digital
data transmission on user-selected time-slots which completely bypass the echo cancellation function.
The ECA card designs disable and bypass voice echo cancellers with Disable Tone per ITU-T recommendation by G165.
WAN
AM3440-A AM3440-C
E1
PBX
PSTN
AM3440-A AM3440-C
E1 ECA FXS
FXO ECA E1 E1 ECA FXS
When the sum of delay is more than 64ms, users need to apply 2 ECA.
WAN
2023 Catalog 165
AM3440-A AM3440-C
Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Packet Access E1 ECA FXS
FXO ECA E1 E1 ECA FXS
When the sum of delay is more than 64ms, users need to apply 2 ECA.
WAN
AM3440-A E1 AM3440-C
PBX
PSTN
AM3440-A AM3440-C
FXO ECA E1 E1 FXS
When the sum of delay is less than 64ms, users only need to apply 1 ECA.
Regular
phone
Regular
phone Packet Switch
Network
Trading
system
Regular
phone
AM3440-A
The other three equipments apply to the same

situation as the picture presents on the left hand side
FXS ECA TDMoE
166
Plug-in Modules
Packet Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A

Features
● 10/100 Base T interfaces
● Auto MDI/MDI-X crossover
● Routing protocols RIP-I, RIP-II, OSPF, and static
● Supports protocols: PPP, MLPPP, HDLC, Frame
Relay, and Cisco compatible HDLC
● VLAN-ID mapping
● Up to 64 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 4 Mb/
s
For AM3440-A/C
● Remote bridge support (padding/un-padding Ethernet
FCS)
● Supports of QoS (Quality of Service)
● Support IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Q-in-Q
For AM3440-D/E
Description
The Router-A card is designed for the one mini slot Loop-AM3440 series. This card acts as a router, directing Ethernet
traffic to and from multiple WAN channels. Access from LAN to WAN is accomplished within one card, saving both cost
and space.
As a Router
WAN
Loop-AM3440 E1/ T1
Router-A
LAN 1 LAN 2
As an Inband Management Element
Loop-AM3440
2023 Catalog 167
Router-A E1/ T1
Router-A
Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Packet Access
LAN 1 LAN 2
As an Inband Management Element
Loop-AM3440
Router-A E1/ T1
LAN Network
WAN
Element
Network
Management
Workstation
As a LAN Bridge
LAN LAN
Bridge E1/ T1 WAN E1/ T1 Bridge
168
Plug-in Modules
Packet Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B

Features
● Eight ports of 10/100BaseT interfaces
● Auto MDI/MDI-X crossover
● Routing Protocol: RIP-I, RIP-II, OSPF (Open Shortest
Path First) and static route
● Remote Software Upgradeable
● Supporting Protocols: PPP, MLPPP, HDLC, Frame
Relay, and Cisco compatible HDLC
● VLAN-ID mapping
● Up to 64 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 8
Mbps
● Remote bridge support (padding/un-padding Ethernet
FCS)
● Support of QoS (Quality of Service)
● Support IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Q-in-Q
Description
The Router-B plug-in card is designed for the single slot of Loop-O9500R and AM3440-A/C devices. When used within
the Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440, this card combines the function of a router and directs Ethernet traffic to/from
multiple WAN channels. Access from LAN to WAN is accomplished within one card, saving both space and money.
Note: Although the Router-B Interface Cards serve the same hardware function on O9500R and AM3440, they have different firmware.
Application A : As a
Router
WAN WAN
E1/ T1 E1/ T1
Loop-AM3440/
Router-B
O9500R
1 8
LAN 1 LAN 8
2023 Catalog 169

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Teleprotection Access
Application B: As an Inband Management Element
Loop-AM3440/
O9500R
Router -B E1/T1
LAN
WAN Network
Element
Network
Management
Workstation
Application C: As a LAN Bridge
LAN LAN
Bridge E1/T1 WAN E1/T1 Bridge
170
Plug-in Modules
Teleprotection Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
(C37.94) 4-channel low-speed optical

Features
● Optical fiber interface for C37.94 signals
● 4-port per card
● Per-port data rate up to 12 x DS0(64kb)
● Loopback and BERT for diagnostics
● Multi-color LED indicators
● With ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown)
● 4-port SFP for O9500R-CCPA:
- Use with LC connector SFP 850 optical module
Description
The LS-Fiber Optical interface is a low-speed single-
slot plug-in card designed for O9500R series to transport
C37.94 teleprotection signals between power substations.
Each port of the interface supports a configurable
bandwidth of 1 to 12 DS0 (64K) and is protected by
Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS). Teleprotection signals
are then cross-connected by the XCU to merge onto E1/
T1, SDH/SONET, or Packet Network for transportation.
Link and module integrity can be diagnosed via loopback
4-port Optical Fiber 4-port SFP
signals.
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1 PTN or
Network SDH/SONET
Network
AM3440 LS-Fiber LS-Fiber LS-Fiber

Optic Card O9500R Optic Card O9500R Optic Card
C37.94 C37.94 C37.94
Teleprotection
Unit
Relay
2023 Catalog 171

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Teleprotection Access
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical

Features
● 1 port per card, single slot to AM3440 series
● Supports data rates up to 12x64kb
● Provide multi-color LED indicator
● With ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown)
Description
The LS-Fiber Optical plug-in mini card is designed for the
single slot of Loop-AM3440 series as embedded 1 C37.94
low speed optical interface. This card can aggregate 1
to 12 DS0 channels to single fiber optical interface to
connect with another Loop-AM3440 or C37.94 Modem. AM3440-A/C For AM3440-D/E
SDH/SONET/
TDMoE/PDH
C37.94 C37.94
AM3440 AM3440
Teleprotection
Unit
Contact
I/O
Relay
Trip
172
Plug-in Modules
Teleprotection Access Low-speed (LS) Cards
(TTA) Transfer Trip card

For AM3440-A/C and O9500R Dual Slot
Features
● Dual slot plug-in module for AM3440-A/C and O9500R
● Four ports for DTT input and output using bi-
directional DS0
● Supports point-to-point and point-to-multipoint
architectures
● For point-to-point architecture, each input port is
associated with one DS0 in a communication link to a
remote output port
● For point-to-multipoint architecture, each input port
is associated with N X DS0’s, where N = 2 or 3, in a
communication link to N remote output ports
● Capable of measuring and recording round-trip delay
● Dependency: 30000 cycle tests without command
loss.
● Availability: greater than 99.997% up-time
● Multiplexing up to 4 input signals over one 64K
channel
● Can be used for other on/off-type command protection
relay schemes such as Permissive, and Blocking
Description
The Transfer Trip Card is designed for the AM3440 and O9500R series which is for transfer trip function. It can be used
in a protection system to send a trip command to remote circuit breakers.
The Transfer Trip card is a dual slot module provides four ports of input and output using bi-directional DS0’s.
The Transfer Trip Card is capable of measuring and recording round trip delay. The measurement is run continuously
and an alarm is generated if the round trip delay exceeds a user preset value. Besides, the Transfer Trip card provides
several user configurable timers to fit application requirement and keep the proper operations of the system.
AM3440-A/ AM3440-A/
O9500R O9500R
AM3440-A
TDM or Packet
Network
TTA TTA
Relay Output Alarm Input
AM3440-C
Relay Relay
Device Device
2023 Catalog 173

Plug-in Modules
Low-speed (LS) Cards Clock and Alarm Interface
CLKa Card
for Loop-AM3440
Features
● Mini-slot plug-in module for AM3440-A-CHPAa,
AM3440-C-CHPCa, AM3440-D-CHPDa, and AM3440-
E-CHEB
● 1 x Fuse Alarm
● 1 x System Alarm
● 1 x Alarm input
● 2 x Clock input
● 1 x Clock output
● Multi-color LED for alarm status indication
Description
The AM3440-CLKa is a mini slot plug-in module that
For AM3440-A/C
provides alarm in/out and clock in/out interfaces. It is
a connector board that extends clock and alarm I/O
connectors from the Controller card.
The AM3440-CLKa provides 1 x ALM_IN, 2 x ALM_OUT,

2 x CLK_IN and 1 x CLK_OUT with 14 pin terminal block
for connection. For AM3440-D/E
174
7
TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet 176
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet 178
TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet
Description
The Loop-IP6702A device allows operators to transport
Unframed/Framed 1 E1/FE1 (1 Unframed/Framed T1/FE1)
data stream with timing information over PSN (Packet Switched
Network) via Pseudowire Protocol – SAToP or CESoPSN.
Another IP6702A converts the received packet stream back
to original E1/FE1 or T1/FE1 data stream with original timing
information. This allows cost-effective migration from existing
legacy TDM networks to Packet Switched Network.
Features
● Mechanics and Electrics ● Timing Reference
- ANSI shelf - Internal (4.6 ppm)
- Power: - Line (E1/T1)
● Fixed AC - Adaptive Clock Recovery: 4 ACR clock servos can
● Fixed DC recovery clock from any 4 Pseudowires
● Combined AC and DC (AoD) ● OAM Capability
● Ethernet Interface - Support 1 SNTP timing reference
- Four Ethernet ports for WAN or LAN port - LOS, LOF, LCV*, RAI, AIS, FEBE*, BES, DM*, ES,
assignment SES, UAS and LOMF*
● One Fast Ethernet with 1 SFP housing - Multi-color LED indicators
● Three 10/100 BaseT Ethernet - Alarm relay
● User Tributary Interface - ACO (Alarm Cutoff) button
- TDM Tributary interfaces: up to 1 E1 or 1 T1 ● Management Interfaces
Unframed mode/Framed mode - 1 user-selectable Ethernet/SNMP port
- DTE interface: 1 RS422/V.11 - SNMP v1/v3 with 5 SNMP trap IP
● L2 Switching - DB-9 Console port with VT-100 menu
- Jumbo frame size up to 2048 bytes - Telnet and SSH v2
- VLAN: - C-VLAN tag on management traffic
● Maximum 4K VLAN ID ● Standards Compliance
● Maximum 16 con-current VLAN Groups - SAToP and CESoPSN
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and - MEF8*
removing on Pseudowire *Future Option
● Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet/
SNMP Port
- Support 802.1d MAC Learning
- Support 803.3x Flow control on input ports
- Packet Transparency
● Pseudowire Capability
- Support SAToP and CESoPSN
- Support E1/T1 traffic emulation over UDP/IP
Network
- Maximum 16 Pseudowires
- 1 E1/T1 can support up to 16 pseudowires
- PDV Compensation Depth: up to 256 ms
- Jitter Buffer Size: up to 256 frames
● Pseudowire Diagnostic Function
- Built-in BERT for E1/T1 to Line or WAN direction
- IP – MAC Table Display
● Jitter & Wander
- PPM version: conforms to G.823 Traffic Interface
(+/- 1ppm)
176
TDM over Ethernet
Pointtoto
Point Point
Point Application
Application
IP6702A IP6702A
E1/T1 E1/T1
ETH IP
Network
10/100 BaseT
or 100 FX
ETH ETH ETH ETH

10/100 BaseT 10/100 BaseT
Management
Fractional E1 Point to Multipoint Application

Fractional E1 Point to Multipoint Application
IP6702A FE1/T1
ETH
IP6702A 64K, Pseudowire #1
FE1/T1 ETH
IP Network
RS422
64K, Pseudowire #2
IP6702A RS422
ETH ETH
10/100 BaseT ETH
ETH
Management
E1/LAN Ethernet Radio Application
Wireless Wireless
Ethernet Ethernet
IP6702A IP6702A
E1 ETH ETH E1 ETH ETH
2023 Catalog 177

TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet
Description
The Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet is an ideal solution for
service providers to build their network and achieve a fast return
on investment. Currently providers need to transport both TDM
and Packet traffic. These can be achieved using the E1/FE1, T1/
FT1 and Gigabit Ethernet tributary ports of the IP6704A.
The Loop-IP6704A device allows operators to transport and Time Slot Cross Connect E1/FE1, T1/FT1, E&M, X.21,
RS232, V.35, QFXSA or QFXOA*, G.703, C37.94 data stream with timing information over PSN (Packet Switched
Network) via Pseudowire Protocol – SAToP/CESoPSN/MEF8. Another IP6704A converts the received packet stream
back to original E1/FE1, T1/FT1, E&M, X.21, RS232, V.35, QFXSA or QFXOA*, G.703, C37.94 data stream with original
timing information. This allows cost-effective migration from existing legacy TDM networks to existing PSN.
For transport of TDM signals, the Jitter and Wander adheres to G.823/G.824 Traffic Interface.
Features
● Mechanical and Electrical - Up to 3 voice modules:
- 1U height, 1/2 19” rack width. ANSI shelf. ● Four ports E&M
- Power module ● Four ports FXS
● Up to two DC plug-in modules or ● Four ports FXOA*
Hybrid 100 to 240 Vac and -48 Vdc (-36 to -72 - Up to 2 single port modules for power utility:
Vdc) coexist fixed power supply ● G.703
● Ethernet Interface ● C37.94
- Four Ethernet ports for WAN or LAN port by ● OAM
software configuration - E1/T1 OAM
● Two Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) with 2 SFP housing ● RFC-2495: LOS, LOF, LCV*, RAI, AIS, FEBE*,
● Two 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet BES, DM*, ES, SES, UAS and LOMF*
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation* ● QoS
● Timing - Egress Rate Limiting per Ethernet port with
- Internal/Line 64kbps/1Mbps/10Mbps granularity
- Adaptive Clock Recovery for TDM Pseudowires - Ethernet Network Level:
● Jitter and Wander conforms to G.823/824 for ● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
Traffic Interface 802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame – CoS
- SyncE ● 4 priority queues per port
● Management - IP Network Level:
- SNMPv1/v3 ● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS
- DB-9 Console port with VT-100 menu - Scheduling Algorithm
- Telnet and SSH v2 ● Strict Priority (SP)
- iNET GUI ● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
● L2 Switching ● Pseudowires
- VLAN - TDM Pseudowires
● Maximum 4094 concurrent VLAN Groups ● Up to 16 concurrent pseudowires
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and ● 1 E1/T1 can support up to 16 pseudowires.
removing on Pseudowire ● Pseudowire protocols
● Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet/ - SAToP
SNMP Port - CESoPSN
- Support 802.1d MAC Learning - MEF-8 (CESoETH)
- Support 803.3x Flow control* on input ports ● Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up
- Support 802.1D STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s to 256 ms
MSTP* ● Diagnostics
- Support IGMP Snoopingv2 (RFC 2236)* - E1/T1 BERT & Loopback
- Jumbo frame up to 10k bytes ● Cross Connect Capability (IP6704A-DACS only)
- IS-IS Packet transparency* - Support full non-blocking DS0 cross connect matrix
● Tributary Interface between TDM interfaces and TDMoE Pseudowires
- Up to four T1/E1 ports per module with a max of - Suitable for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect
2 modules plus 2 T1/E1 on main board giving a System) and ADCB (Add/Drop Channel Bank)
maximum capacity of 10 T1/E1. applications
- Up to two single port DTE modules: - Auto A-law/μ-law conversion
● X.21 or RS232/V.24 or V.35 *Future Option
178
TDM over Ethernet
Tributary ports IP6704A Electrical Ethernet IP6704A

or
TDMoEthernet Optical Ethernet
TDMoEthernet
E1/T1 E1/T1
E1/T1 (GbE) E1/T1
IP
DTE Network DTE
DTE DTE
(10/ (10/
100/1000 SNMP 100/1000
BaseT) BaseT)
(10/100/1000
BaseT)
Management
IP6704A Point-to-Point Application
C37.94 C37.94
Building A
Building A
E1/T1 WAN/VPN
Network E1/T1
Building B
Building B
Magneto Magneto
10/100/1000 BaseT
100/1000 BaseFx
Building C
Building C
IP6704A on VPN Network
IP6704A #1
TS1-4
1 x OCU-DP TS4
TS1
1 x V.35 DACS 1 x T1/E1
TS2-3
1 x T1/E1
IP6704A on Digital Access Cross-Connect System (DACS)
2023 Catalog 179

TDM over Ethernet
180
8
L2-L3-MPLS-Carrier Ethernet Switch
Loop-G7860A mPTN MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network 182
Loop-IP6330 GbE Intelligent Switch 187
Loop-IP6340 24 Giga+4 1000 SFP Ports Smart Managed Switch 188
Loop IP6510-LN Multiple WAN Router 190
Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box 192
Loop-IP6808 Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch 194
Loop-IP6820 Self-Healing Ring NTU 195
Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed Gigabit PoE/PoE+ Switch 196
Loop-IP6828 Industrial Rack-Mount L2/L3 Managed Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+
Switch 197
Loop-IP6838 IEC61850-3 Certified Rack-Mount High-Availability Managed Modular
Gigabit Switch – Layer 2/3 199
Loop-G7820 L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch 202
Loop-G7860A mPTN
MPLS/CE Packet Transport Network
Description
G7860A supports both MPLS-TP and Carrier Ethernet
(EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVC defined in MEF) for packet
transportation. In addition to native Ethernet transport,
G7860A can be used as the gateway for PDH and SDH/
SONET networks to enter PSNs using Circuit Emulation
and Encapsulation technologies. Encapsulation
technologies include TDMoE, TDMoIP, and TDMoMPLS.
ETSI Front View of G7860A
Circuit Emulation include CESoPSN (NxDS0/64K), SAToP
(Unframed E1/T1),T3, and CEP (SDH/SONET paths). Pseudowires make grooming and multiplexing DS0, E1/T1, T3
and SDH/SONET paths easier, and service integrity can also be monitored and protected via packet network protection
schemes.
One G7860A with up to 85G packet switching capacity supports six GbE/10GbE SFP+ and four 1GbE SFP built-in
interfaces along with 16 E1/T1 built-in ports. With two hot-swappable plug-in slots, the system capacity can be scaled up
with additional E1/T1 and T3 ports, STM-n/OC-n, or GbE electrical/optical interfaces.
G7860A provides high availability and reliability required by Carrier, Power Utility, Military, Government and Transportation
applications by supporting MPLS-TP LSP 1:1/1+1 protection and ERPS, with protection switching time <50ms. Ethernet
and MPLS section and end-to-end OAM are also provided for monitoring service integrity and performance. The compact
G7860A is only 1U height, but its powerful functions enable customers to provision a service-grooming hub, ring, or mesh
10G packet network with ultimate ease.
Features
● Mechanical and Electrical ● CFM: Ethernet Service OAM (802.1ag/Y1731)
- 1U height, 19” width ETSI unit (front access) ● EFM: Ethernet Link OAM (802.3ah)
- Power supply: hot swappable DC/AC, dual for - Flow Control
redundancy - Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
- Operating Temperature: -20 ºC to 65 ºC - Jumbo Frame (MTU) = 9600
● System Capacity - EPL, EVPL, EP-LAN, EPV-LAN, EP-Tree
- Up to 6 x GbE/10GbE SFP+ ports - E-Access: EPL-Access, EPVL-Access
- Up to 16 x 1GbE Base-T ● Network Protection
- Up to 20 x 1GbE SFP - MPLS-TP
- Up to 80 x E1/T1 ports ● LSP 1+1/1:1
- Up to 8 x STM-1/OC-3 ports or 2 x STM-4/OC-12 ● LSP E2E protection switching < 50ms
ports ● PW Redundancy
- Up to 4 x STM-1/OC-3 MSP pairs or 2 x STM-4/ ● Based on TP OAM for fault detection
OC-12 pairs - CE
- 16 x E1/T1 ports with SCSI interface ● ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection
● MPLS-TP ● ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS - SDH/SONET
port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) ● STM-n/OC-n MSP 1+1 Protection
- Bi-directional LSP ● Management
- Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS - Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
- Ethernet (VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS) and TDM - Fully manageable via CLI
(CESoPSN, CEP, and SAToP) services ● Serial port
- MPLS-TP OAM and QoS ● SSH, Telnet via Ethernet
- TDM PW Support: - GbE Interface in-bands
● 32 TE1 card: up to 256 pseudowires - Account Security
● MB E1/T1: up to 256 pseudowires ● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only)
● B16 card: up to 512 pseudowires and Administrator (read and write)
● Carrier Ethernet ● Radius Client and 802.1x Authentication
- L2 Switching/Bridging - Upload/Download NE configuration
- STP, RSTP, MSTP - Syslog, NTP
- Port based VLAN and port isolation ● TDM Pseudowire Services
- VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) - Circuit Emulation
- CE OAM ● DS0 (64K timeslots): CES & multiframe PW
182
● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW ● Timing

● VC-3/4/11/12, VT-1.5/2, STS-1/3: CEP PW - SSM quality level compatible
- PDH Timing recovery: ACR/DCR/System - IEEE 1588 v2 (via SyncE only)
- ACR/DCR support ● PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
● 32TE1 card: up to 32 instances ● ToD (Time of day)
● MB E1/T1: up to 16 instances ● 1-PPS (One Pulse per second) output interface
● B16 card: up to 256 instances ● G.8265.1 Profile (Frequency Synchronization)
- SDH Circuit Emulation over Packet (CEP) - SyncE
- Encapsulation ● Synchronous Ethernet from all built-in and plug-
● PW/LSP (TDM over MPLS-TP), in GbE, 10GbE ports
● “Dry martini”, MEF 8 (TDM over Ethernet), ● ITU-T Ethernet Synchronous Message Channel
● TDM over IP (ESMC)
- PDH cross-connection to SDH/SONET - Stratum 3 timing
- DS0 cross-connection - TDM line clock: E1/T1 and STM/OC ports
● Two-way FE1(N*DS0) to FE1/VC12/STM1 - External clock input and output (2 Mbps / 2 MHz)
cross-connection ● Hardware Protection
● Two-way FE1(N*DS0) to FE1(N*DS0) cross- - Dual-Power redundancy per box
connection - Dual-Box Redundancy
● Ethernet Pseudowire Services ● E1 port protection across two boxes*
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF ● Ethernet port LAG across two boxes
9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS* ● STM-1/4 port MSP across two boxes*
- Native Ethernet packets supported ● L3 Routing*
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN - VRF without multicast protocols
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q) - ARP, Ping, Trace Route, Static Route
● VPLS - VRRP
- VPLS & H-VPS bridging - RIP v1/v2
- 32K MAC addresses - OSPF
- 2K VPLS instances per device - Routing among Physical Ethernet ports, VLAN
- Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops virtual port (VLAN routing), and PW ports.
● CoS/QoS - 32 Subinterfaces
- 8 Priority Queues - IGMP v2/v3
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy - PIM-SM
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service - NTP server/client
- CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color *Future Option
10 GbE 10G
IP Network Ports
PDH
Network
10 GbE Circuit Emulation
Carrier Ethernet For N x E1/T1, N x 64k,
N x VC-n/VT-n
G7860A
SDH/SONET
Network
10 GbE
MPLS-TP
2023 Catalog 183

TDM Service Grooming/multiplexing

In addition to native Ethernet traffic, TDM circuits including DS0 timeslots, E1/T1 channels, and SDH/SONET paths can
all be emulated as packets via pseudowires, multiplexed by G7860A, and switched to different sites via packet networks.
N x DS0
Multiple N x DS0 Services
N x DS0 E1/T1
MUX/DACS
N x DS0
MUX/DACS
N x DS0
MUX/DACS
PSN
Multiple E1/T1 N x 10G
Services STM-n/OC-n
MUX/DACS
ADM
E1/T1 STM-n/OC-n
Multiple
STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
Services ADM MUX/DACS ADM
MPLS-TP Protection Schemes

Protection scheme of an MPLS-TP network is standardized as part of the protocol. By deploying static nodes in the
network, traffic transported by a tunnel between remote ends is protected by two label switching paths (LSPs) to achieve
1:1 or 1+1 protection.
In 1+1 mode, traffic is copied onto both working and protection LSPs. When receiving traffic, the remote LER only selects
traffic from one of the two LSPs to decapsulate.
Traffic selected from

working LSP
AC AC
1+1 Normal Condition
Traffic copied onto both Traffic from protection

working and protection LSPs LSP discarded
Working LSP failure
AC AC
1+1 Failure Condition
Traffic switched to protection LSP
184
In 1:1 mode, traffic flows only on the working LSP. When a failure occurs on the working LSP, traffic is then switched to
the protection LSP within 50 ms.
Traffic selected from

working LSP
AC AC
1:1 Normal Condition
Traffic only transmitted on

working LSP
Working LSP failure
AC AC
1:1 Failure Condition
Traffic switched from working LSP to protection LSP within 50 ms at both ends
Carrier Ethernet Protection Schemes

In Carrier Ethernet networks, protection schemes of static route provisioning are usually required for service providers to
achieve service reliability and monitoring. Ethernet linear protection switching (ELPS) standardized in ITU-T G.8031
and Ethernet ring protection switching (ERPS) standardized in ITU-T G.8032 are the two most commonly adopted
protection schemes.
ELPS is provisioned between two nodes by constructing point-to-point VLAN or Q-in-Q tagging. A pair of lines (i.e.
working line and protection line) achieves either 1+1 or 1:1 protection.
In 1:1 protection mode, traffic only travels on the working line, and will only switch to the protection line when failure of
the working line is detected.
In 1+1 protection mode, traffic from the head end of a 1+1 link is copied and transmitted on both lines. When line failure
occurs in either line, the other line will then become the sole working line.
2023 Catalog 185

1:1 Normal Condition 1:1 Failure Condition
Traffic only on working line Link Down

G7860A #1 G7860A #2 G7860A #1 G7860A #2
Traffic only on
protection line
1+1 Normal Condition 1+1 Failure Condition

Link Down
G7860A #1 G7860A #2
Traffic only on either line
G7860A #1 Traffic copied onto both lines G7860A #2
Traffic only on either line
G7860A #1 G7860A #2
Link Down
Working line Protection line
ERPS is a highly reliable and stable protection mechanism in ring networks with loop prevention. In a ring network, each
given node is connected to at least two neighbor nodes via separate links. Multiple nodes in tandem then form a ring. Any
two nodes in the ring can be connected via at least two paths, serving as a protection scheme. The two ports on both
ends of a line on the neighboring devices of the ring are known as ring ports. The minimum amount of nodes in a ring is
three. Provisioning is also achieved via VLAN.
To avoid the occurrence of a loop, traffic is allowed to flow on all ring sessions except for the Ring Protection Link
(RPL). Under normal conditions, the RPL is blocked from any traffic by the host switches. When a failure in the network is
detected, the RPL host unblocks the RPL to allow traffic to pass through. Failure activates protection switching via Ring
Automatic Protection Switching (R-APS) message relay.
Normal Condition Failure Condition
RPL Block RPL Unblock

G7860A #1 G7860A #1
Primary Path between Protection Path between

G7860A #2 and #3 G7860A #2 and #3
G7860A #2 G7860A #3 G7860A #2 G7860A #3

Line Down
186
Loop-IP6330 GbE Intelligent Switch

Features
● 1 U height
● 24 GbE ports
- 24 ports of RJ45 (10/100/1000Mbps-TX)
interfaces, Full/Half duplex auto-negotiation
Description
● L2 Switch functions: The Loop-IP6330 GbE Intelligent Switch is a cost-
- VLAN effective 24-port GbE L2 Ethernet switch that offers high
- Jumbo Frame reach up to 9600 bytes performance and quality service at a very affordable
- Max. 1024 active VLAN with VID (1 to 4094) price.
- Port-based VLAN
- Rate Control The IP6330 switch provides total 24 GbE ports with 24
- QoS RJ45 ports. The switch capability of IP6330 supports
● 8 priority queues per port non-blocking for full line speed traffic.
● Strictly Priority or Weighted Round-Robin (WRR)
scheduling The IP6330 supports lots of L2 switch management
- Port Rate limiting for ingress/egress traffic functions including. 802.1Q VLAN, Rate Control, Port
● Storm control Configuration, Port Mirroring, Port Statistics, QoS
● MAC table size 8k functions, ... etc. The console interfaces of IP6330
● LACP for link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) supports remote management by SNMP, HTTP, HTTPS,
● IGMP snooping and query and Telnet interfaces.
● Software Upgrade
● Event Log
● Management port and interface
- Embedded SNMP v1, v2c
- Telnet
- Web Management (Http)
● IEEE compliance
- 802.1p
- 802.3, 802.3u, 802.3ab, 802.3x, 802.3az
● RoHS compliant
2023 Catalog 187

Loop-IP6340
24 Giga+4 1000 SFP Ports Smart Managed Switch
Features
● Connector
- 24 GbE (10/100/1000 Mpbs) RJ45 ports
- 4 SFP (1000 Mpbs) fiber ports
● Port settings Description
- Auto/Full/Half Duplex
The Gigabit Smart Managed Switch is equipped with 24
- Auto-negotiation
gigabit RJ45 ports and 4 SFP slots. The switch supports
● L2 Switch functions
high performance, enterprise-level security control &
- VLAN
QoS Layer 2 management features. It is a cost-effective
● Static, port-based, tag-based, Voice OUI
product solution for the small and medium business.
- Jumbo Frame 64 to 9216 bytes
- VLAN ID (1 to 4094)
The switch supports the Web GUI to control each port
- Rate Control
status and bandwidth control by port rate limiting. The
- QoS
Storm Control feature protects against Broadcast,
● 8 priority queues per port
Multicast and Unicast Storm. The rich Quality of Service
● Strictly Priority (SP) scheduling
(QoS) & VLAN provides enhanced traffic management
● Weighted Round-Robin (WRR) scheduling
capabilities to move your data smoother and faster. The
● Cos, DSCP, IP precedence
device supports a complete lineup of layer 2 features,
● Port Rate limiting for ingress/egress traffic
including 802.1Q tag VLAN number up to 4094, Port
● Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Modes
Isolation, Port Mirroring, Port ACL, STP/RSTP/MSTP,
- STP
Link Aggregation Group and 802.3x Flow Control
- Rapid STP (RSTP)
function. It also supports SNMP management functions.
- Multiple STP (MSTP)
● Device discovery protocol
The switch complies with IEEE802.3az Energy Efficient
- LLDP, LLDP-MED
Ethernet to save power consumption, support IGMP
● IEEE compliance
Snooping v2/v3 function to improve traffic performance.
- 802.3, 802.3u, 802.3ab, and 802.3x
Moreover, the rich diagnostic LEDs on the front-panel
- 802.3az EEE enable and disable
provide the operating status of individual port and whole
- Flow control
system.
● Management
- Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP
● Security
- Protected Port
- Storm Control
- DoS attack prevention
- DHCP Snooping
● Diagnostics
- Port mirroring, Ping test, Copper test
● Firmware configuration upgrade and backup
● Other features
- MDI/MDI-X auto crossover
- NWay protocol and auto-detection
- IGMP Snooping v2/v3
- LACP port trunking up to 8 static or dynamic
groups
188
2023 Catalog 189

Loop IP6510-LN Multiple WAN Router

Description
The IP6510-LN Multiple WAN Edge Router has IPv4/
IPv6 dual stack functionality and Level 3 Routing in a
single unified device. It is suitable for large deployments
that require only moderate bandwidth and a small port density but a very competitive CapEx. The LN stands for Linux,
which backs up the Loop-OS architecture inside the IP6510-LN. The new Loop-OS includes many advanced features
with more functionality to help you improve your network.
These features inside the Loop-OS include IPv4/IPv6 dual stack routing capability, software bridging*, and network
security features. With RIPng, OSPFv3 and BGP-4, the IP6510-LN is able to build a reliable IPv6 routed network.
All WAN ports and LAN ports can be configured into bridge mode*, router mode, or combinations of both. WAN interfaces
including Ethernet, and E1/T1 provide flexibility for any access network.
Using VPN connectivity over IPSec included in the Loop-OS software suite allows a highly secure and reliable connection
over an IP-based network to any location.
Features
● Mechanical and Electrical ● QoS
- 2 Tributary Slots for WAN interfaces - Policy based Egress Rate Limiting
- Power Module - Traffic Classification based on
● AC and DC coexist ● Outbound direction
● AC power: 100 to 240 Vac, 0.8 A ● IPv4 or IPv6
● DC power: -36 to -72 Vdc, 1.2 A ● Source/Destination IP Address Range
- Commercial unit: 0°C to 50°C; Industrial unit: ● TCP/UDP Port Number
-20°C to 70°C ● (DSCP+ENC) 1byte field / ToS 1 byte field
● WAN Interface ● Any Protocol Type
- Tributary Slots ● Layer 3
● 2 ports - IPv4/IPv6 dual stack
● Cold-swappable - Routing Protocols: Static Route, RIPv1/v2, RIPng,
● Plug-in card types: OSPFv2/v3, BGP4.
- E1 card: 2 ports per card, Nx64k - Multicast protocols: IGMPv1/v2/v3
- T1 card: 2 ports per card, Nx64k - VLAN Routing based on Static Route, RIPv1/v2,
- Ethernet card: 1 port per card, electrical RJ45 RIPng, OSPFv2/v3.
- Ethernet card: 1 port per card, optical SFP - Address Translation
- Built-in 2 Ethernet ports ● NAT
- Multiple WANs per fractional E1/T1 interface is ● Port Forwarding Table for NAPT (Virtual
supported, up to 64 WAN per system (maximum Service)
16 WAN supports PPP encapsulation) - IP-VPN connectivity over IPSec
● LAN Interface ● Security
- B4 Ethernet ports - IPSec
● All Ethernet Interfaces ● Encryption: DES, 3-DES, AES-128/AES-256
- 10/100BaseT ● Authentication: MD5, SHA-1
- Speed and duplex-mode auto-negotiation ● Key Management
- Auto MDI/MDI-X cross-over - IKEv1/v2 (pre-shared key or RSA certificate)
● Layer 2 Encapsulation Protocols ● Up to 64 concurrent tunnels per interface
- PPP, MLPPP, Cisco HDLC, raw HDLC - IP-VPN connectivity over IPSec
● Management - Access Control
- Telnet and SSHv1/v2 (up to 4 concurrent sessions) ● Packet-Filtering based on policy type:
- SNMPv3 - Inbound/Outbound direction
- Multilevel login privilege control - Source/Destination IP Address Range
- Syslog - Any Protocol Types (ICMP, TCP, UDP, etc.)
- NTP Client for IPv4, up to 4 NTP server - TCP/UDP Port Number Range
190
● 1 control list per interface - IEEE 802.2x Flow Control*

● Up to 100 rules per control list - STP(802.1d) *, RSTP(802.1w) *, MSTP(802.1s) *
- 802.1x port-based authentication* - Up to 16K MAC Table*
- Multilevel login privilege control - User-configurable MAC aging time*
- Radius Client is supported, up to 3 Radius servers - Ethernet FCS padding/unpadding*
available for addressing. - 802.1x port-based authentication*
- SSHv1/v2 - VLAN
- SNMPv3 ● Support up to 4094 VLANs*
● VLAN ID mapping*
● DHCP
● Support Q-in-Q *
- DHCP Server/Relay for IPv4/IPv6
● Support VLAN Routing
- BOOTP compatible for IPv4
*Future Option
● Software Bridging
- Frame size up to 1916 bytes*
Front Panel View
(up to 4 E1/T1 links)
MLPPP Bundle
LAN LAN
IP6510-LN IP6510-LN
Multilink PPP
IP6510-LN IP6510-LN
IPv6
Network
IPv4 Device IPv4 Device
IPv4 and IPv6 Interworking
2023 Catalog 191

Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box

Features
● Supports 1 Ethernet LAN port
● Supports 1 WAN port for multiple interfaces: E1,
DS1, and DTE (V.35, V.36, EIA530, RS449, RS232,
X.21, RS422)
● Supports 1 DCE (V.35) port
● Supports 10/100 BaseT speed auto-sensing and half/ Description
full duplex auto-negotiation
● Supports Router or Bridge mode The Loop-IP6610 Router/Bridge provides connectivity
● Multicolor LED indicators from 10/100 BaseT to E1, DS1, DTE or DCE in a small
● Local control and diagnostic via DB9S console port metal box.
● Local/remote management through local console,
LAN, or WAN The Loop-IP6610 Router/Bridge contains a DB9S
● Supports CLI (command line interface) console port, which allows users to execute in-service
● Supports SNMP management diagnostics and fault isolation from a local or remote
● Industrial series: -40°C to 70°C; Commercial series: terminal. The Loop-IP6610 Router/ Bridge also allows
0°C to 50°C. remote access to Telnet via Ethernet or WAN port. The
IP6610 Router/ Bridge series also provides multicolor
LED indicators on the front panel and an ACO (Alarm
Cut Off) button.
Basic Use
10/100 BaseT E1/DS1/DTE

WAN
LAN
Loop-IP6610
Ethernet to Data Transmission Application
DCE (V.35) Ethernet IP

Network
Customer
Router Loop-IP6610
192
Mobile ATM Solution
CDMA Bank ATM Server

Network
Loop-IP6610 Loop-IP6610
CDMA/GSM Modem CDMA/GSM Modem
Mobile ATM Mobile ATM
2023 Catalog 193

Loop-IP6808
Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch
Description
Loop-IP6808 Smart Secure Gigabit Switch secures the
information flowing through your Local Area Network.
IP6808 uses MACsec technology to encrypt all data
flowing from the secure ports to any other MACsec-
capable device. This will protect your network also
from Insider’s Threats, such as information gathering
through wiretapping, or unintentional commands sent by
impersonation.
IP6808 provides Standard 6-Gigabit RJ45 ports and

additional 2-Secure Gigabit RJ45 ports or 2-Secure
Gigabit SFP uplink slots. Being encryption hardware-
based, the switch encounters no additional latency and
ensures 99% of the Gigabit throughput.
This Smart Secure Switch is the simplest Local Area

Features Network solution and the only “Plug-n-Play” solution
available. IP6808 will autonomously negotiate the
● 6 x 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports encryption key with any other MACsec device.
● Additional 2x 10/100/1000M BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports
or 2x1000 BASE-X SFP slots supporting MACsec Its modern, small and compact design makes the
encryption. device installation possible on virtually any surface. It
● 99% of throughput guaranteed, no additional latency provides an Advanced level of EMC protection as well
as MIL-STD-810F shock, drop, vibration protection.
● Ideal for a plug-and-play local area network
IP6808 is hence suitable for the majority of the industrial
protection. Embedded MACsec Key Agreement
applications. Its operating temperature ranges from
allows high-protection with no configuration. -20°C to 70°C.
● IP30 aluminum housing, DIN-Rail or Wall mount
● Works from -20°C to 70°C IP6808 Unmanaged MACSec Gigabit Ethernet Switch
● Prioritizes Profinet Packets according to 802.1q is compliant with the essential sections of EN 60950,
UL/IEC 60950, MIL-STD- 810F covering operating
temperature, power input voltage and vibration.
194
Loop-IP6820 Self-Healing Ring NTU

Interface Ports
● WAN port with OA&M functionality
Dual SFP optical housing interfaces
Tributary ports
● Two SFP housing ports
Up to Eight ports 10/ 100/ 1000 BaseT Ethernet Dual SFP
PoE / PoE+ option available in DC48 for LAN3-10 WAN1 WAN2
(RJ45)
Up to 8 RS232/ RS422/ RS485 interface ports
Up to 2 Dry Contact I/ O
Switch capacity: 12 Gbps
Fixed Optional
LAN3~LAN6 Tributary
Dual SFP
LAN1 LAN2
2023 Catalog 195

Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed Gigabit

PoE/PoE+ Switch
Description
Loop-IP6818 is an Industrial Grade L2/L3 Managed
Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+ Switch, specifically designed
to provide a highly reliable, fault-tolerant, extremely fast
network connection in harsh environments.
Within its compact DIN-Rail housing design, the Loop-

IP6818 allows you to choose between different port
combinations: 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 port, 1000
BASE-X SFP port and IEEE 802.3af/at complaint PoE/
PoE+ RJ45. Layer-3 routing version supports IPv4 static
4 RJ45 & 4 SFP port routing, RIP v1/v2 and OSPFv2.
Features This is the right choice if you want to set up a Reliable

● 4 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports and 4 1000 network environment with its intelligent features and
BASE-X SFP slots keep equipment connected all the time, even in case of
● Up to 4 802.3af/ 802.3at Power over Ethernet ports, temporary network breakdowns through RSTP, ERPS
with maximum 30W Rings redundancy. MAC-based Black List/White List,
● PoE/PoE+ power per port and maximum 120 W IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, TACACS+, etc., and keep your
device power budget network safe.
● Powerful Layer-3 Switching, supporting IPv4 Static,
RIPv1/v2 and OSPFv2
● Layer-2 Redundancy, with ERPS, RSTP, MSTP
● EN50121-4 Certified for Railway applications
● Operational between -20°C~70°C
G.8032
1G Main
Ring
Loop- Loop-
IP6818 IP6818
G.8032
1G Sub-
ring
L3 IP6320A
Layer 3 or IP6828
PoE CCTV
VRRP
L3 IP6320A
or IP6828
Loop-IP6818
G.8032
1G Sub-
ring
SCADA Server
End Devices
196
Loop-IP6828 Industrial Rack-Mount

L2/L3 Managed Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+ Switch
Description
This high-density IP6828 Managed Rack-mount switch will provide you the flexibility your application needs. You will be
able to choose among 6 different Layer-3 Routing Core versions (based on power supply and uplink port configurations)
and five different 4/8-Port modules and customize your device in a very simple way.
IP6828 supports up to 24 Gigabit ports in any 8 or 4-port multiple configurations. Specifically designed for bringing power
through Ethernet cable virtually anywhere, a maximum output Power over Ethernet of 720W over the 24 ports is allowed
(PoE/PoE+ configuration - 802.3af/at). Available in 3 power input variants, it is EN 60950-1:2006 certified and designed
to handle the harshest environments. Its fanless design and EMC Level 3 protection guarantee operations within -40 and
+75°C, with 24 PoE/PoE+ ports running full power and makes it suitable to be used for almost every application.
IP6828 supports IPv4 Static Routing, RIPv1/v2, OSPFv2, IGMP, IGMP Snooping, PIM Dense Mode and Sparse Mode
and VRRP for Routing Redundancy. Then, it is allowing (through ERPS) network self-recovery down to 50ms on full load.
Almost any redundant ring topology is supported, such as ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, IEEE802.1D-2004 RSTP, STP,
MSTP and many compatible rings. Endless additional features are provided.
The first Industrial Managed Secure Switch ! Protect your LAN from Eavesdropping and impesronation through 802.1AE
MACsec. With no additional latency and 100% Gigabit Throughput guarantee, dedicated modules can provide you the
internal ultimate security solution.
Features
● Maximum 64Gbps switching capacity, 95.24Mpps throughput
● Rugged industrial design for -40~75°C harsh environment operation
● Flexible modular configuration, 3 Module-dedicated slots
● Up to 24 PoE/PoE+ ports, with maximum 720W of PoE/PoE+ power budget
● 4 x 1 Gigabit or 4 x 10 Gigabit SFP Uplink slots
● ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, RSTP redundancy
● RIP, OSPF, Static Routing, PIM supported Layer-3 switching
2023 Catalog 197

IP6828–Modular Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+ Switch Product Dimensions and

Layout
198
Loop-IP6838 IEC61850-3 Certified Rack-Mount High-

Availability Managed Modular Gigabit Switch – Layer 2/3
PRELIMINARY
Description
This high-density IP6838 Managed Rack-mount switch will provide you the flexibility your application needs. You will be
able to choose different 4/8-Port modules to customize your device in a very simple way.
Specifically designed for substations, this switch supports BGPv4, IPv4 static routing, RIP v1/v2 and OSPFv2. With its
IEEE1588v2 Hardware-PTP version, which has received recognition for nanosecond-level accuracy, IP6838 is one of
the most reliable GMC backups. Additionally, IP6838 is embedded with Synchronous Ethernet with full support for PTP
profiles.
When equipped with High-Availability HSR/PRP modules, IP6838 complies with the most stringent redundancy
requirements to ensure that there is no packet loss and to guarantee that GOOSE packets arrive at their respective
destinations. IP6838‘s high performance provides a network redundant self-recovery mechanism of under 50ms on
full load. This enables you to build a reliable network through almost any redundant ring topology. IP6838 supports
ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, IEEE802.1D-2004 RSTP, STP and MSTP for network redundancy. With a Multifunctional
web dashboard, IP6838 is able to offer intelligent functions such as Quality of service (QoS), IGMP, port mirroring, and
security.
Additional 4 x 1G/10G uplink SFP slots allow IP6838 to be the backbone of the substation.
Features
● Maximum 128Gbps switching capacity, 95.24Mpps throughput
● Rugged industrial design for harsh environments under -40~85°C
● Flexible modular configuration; 3 Module-dedicated slots
● Up to 24 Gigabit ports, and 4x10 Gigabit SFP Uplink ports, 1PPS BNC
● 4 x 1 Gigabit or 4 x 10 Gigabit SFP Uplink ports
● ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, RSTP redundancy
● Supports HSR (IEC 62439-3), PRP (IEC 62439-4) for high-availability
● IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613 certifications
● Integrated IEEE 1588v2 hardware-based BC and TC
● Advanced management features such as QoS and VLAN
2023 Catalog 199

Boundary Clock Application
200
High Availability Application
2023 Catalog 201

Loop-G7820 L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch
G7820-48T
G7820-24S
Description
The Loop-G7820 is a high-performance Ethernet switch to meet next-generation Mission Critical Communication (such
as power utility and transportation) and Enterprise Ethernet network requirements designed based on high-end scalable
chipset with the integration of Layer 2 to Layer 3 packet processing engine, traffic management and fabric interface.
The G7820 switch provides up to 48 x 1GbE RJ45 ports. The switch capability of G7820 supports up to 120Gbps non-
blocking switching for full line speed traffic.
The G7820 provides advanced L2 and L3 features to meet the requirements in Carrier Ethernet and Enterprise network
applications. G7820 main features include full IPv4/IPv6* stack, On-chip OAM (802.1ag/CFM/EFM), and Protocol
Independent APS (<50ms protect switching).
Features
● Capacity - IGMP v2/v3
- 8 x 10GbE ports - PIM-SM
- 24/48 x GbE ports - Number of Sub-Interfaces: 32
- Up to 120 Gbps Wire-Speed Bi-dir Switching ● Network Protection
Capacity - LSP 1+1 protection (send two, pick one) per
● MPLS-TP RFC6378, based on TP OAM as fault detection
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS - LSP 1:1 protection (RFC6378)
port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) - ERPS (G.8032) Ring Protection based on Ethernet
- Bi-directional LSP OAM as fault detection
- Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS - ERPS Sub-Ring
- MPLS-TP OAM per ITU G.8113.2 - End to end protection switching within sub 50ms
● Carrier Ethernet - Loop detection
- Ethernet OAM – 802.3ah, 802.1ag/Y.1731 ● Management
- IEEE 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP - Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q port based - Fully manageable via CLI
VLAN and port isolation, 802.1p QoS ● Serial port
- IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol ● SSH, Telnet via Ethernet
(LACP) - Account Security
- IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) ● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only)
- Number of VLANs: 4094 and Administrator (read and write)
● Layer 3 ● Radius Client Authentication
- VRF (Lite) - Upload/Download NE configuration
- ARP, Ping, Trace route - Syslog, NTP
- VRRP ● Ethernet Services
- Static Route - E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF
- RIP v1/v2 9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS
- OSPF - Native Ethernet packets supported
- NTP server/client - Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN
202
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q) ● Timing

● VPLS - IEEE 1588 v2*
- VPLS bridging ● PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
- H-VPLS bridging ● ToD (Time of day)
- 32K MAC addresses ● PPS (Pulse per second) output interface
- 2K VPLS instances per device - SyncE
- Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops ● Synchronous Ethernet from all GbE ports
● CoS/QoS ● ESMC per ITU-T (Ethernet Synchronous
- 8 Priority Queues Message Channel)
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy * Future Option
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service
- CIR/PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color
G7820 G7820
ERPS ERPS
G7820 10G Ring G7820 1G Ring G7820
G7820 G7820
Figure 1 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching (ERPS) network
Pseudowire
Customer MPLS Tunnel Customer

Edge Device Edge Device
G7820 G7820
(Provider Edge Device) (Provider Edge Device)
Figure 2 Virtual Private Wire Service (VPWS) network
Customer
Equipment
G7820
nel MP
Tun LS
S Tu
MPL nn
el
G7820 G7820
MPLS Tunnel
Customer
Pseudowire Customer
Equipment
Equipment
Figure 3 Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) network
2023 Catalog 203

204
9
Wavelength Division Multiplexer
Loop-WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Multi-Service Platform 206
Transponder Modules for Loop-WDM1800 209
25G Transponder Module for Loop-WDM1800 210
Bi-directional Wavelength Mux/Demux For WDM1800 211
Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) for Loop-WDM1800 212
Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) For Loop-WDM1800 213
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Module For Loop-WDM1800 214
Muxponder Modules For Loop-WDM1800 215
Loop-WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing

Multi-Service Platform
Features
● Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf
● Two rack-mountable chassis types:
- CHAa (5U):
● 2 x Controller Slots
● 2 x Power Module Slots
● 1 x FAN Module Slot
● 15 x Tributary Module Slots
- CHBa (2U):
● 2 x Controller Slots
● 2 x Power Module Slots
● 1 x FAN Module Slot
● 6 x Tributary Module Slots
● Dual controller modules, dual power modules for WDM1800-CHAa (5U)
redundancy
● Support console (RS232/USB) and Ethernet (RJ45/
SFP) for local and remote management
● Support Web, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3
management
● Compatible with SNMP-based GUI network
management systems and supported by LoopiNET
and Loop iNMS WDM1800-CHBa (2U)
● Plug-in Module Types (all are hot-pluggable)
- Transponder Modules
- Muxponder Modules*
- Wavelength Division Multiplexing
- (Mux/Demux) Modules (with and without Optical
Link Protection Function)
- Amplifier Modules
- Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCM)
- Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
Modules *Future Option
● Hardened - Extended temperature range: -5 ~ + 65°C
Description
The Loop-WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Multi-Service Platform is designed to deliver a number of client
data services by multiplexing/demultiplexing several different wavelengths into/from an optical fiber. The WDM1800
platform provides up to 15 universal plug-in slots for mounting different modules, including Transponder, Muxponder,
WDM Mux/Demux filters, amplifier modules, DCM and OTDR module. Compact, modular and cost –effective design
of the WDM1800 platform makes it easier to select suitable modules for current needs and upgradable for future
requirements. With two shelf sizes and universal pluggable slots, an initial network can be deployed with low first-in cost.
Future in-service network expansion is as simple as adding and configuring new modules to realize cost-effective and
pay-as-you-grow advantages.
In-service passive performance monitoring on each client data and modular redundancy, enabled when dual controller
modules and dual power modules are installed in the chassis, make the WDM1800 an excellent fit for mission critical
applications.
The WDM1800 supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port, and
Ethernet and SFP ports for Web, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management as well. Furthermore, optional Optical
Supervisory Channel (OSC) can be accessed via Transponder and/or Muxponder moduleconnection for remote
management.
206
2023 Catalog 207

208
Transponder Modules for Loop-WDM1800
Features
● Up to 8 user channels
● Data rate: 1.25~10G
● Support 3R (re-timing, re-shaping, and re-amplifying)
optical generation
● One user channel can be reserved for OSC
● Signal type and the bit rate of the client interface can
be configured manually up to 10G
● Performance monitoring is available on each interface
Description
The transponder for Loop-WDM1800 is designed to
support up to 10G Ethernet. The signal type and bit rate
of the client interface are multi-rate. It provides up to eight
users channels. The transponder is apply to CWDM and
Left: 4-Port Transponder
DWDM networks. The implemented 3R optical generation
Right: 8-Port Transponder
(re-amplification, re-shaping, re-timing) is use for signal
processing.
In optical communication like relay amplification, signal regeneration, optical signal wavelength conversion, and single-
mode conversion, the trasponder card is extensively used in this field. Applied with Loop-WDM1800, the transponder
card supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port, and Ethernet and
SFP ports for Web, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management as well.
Note: The color is not tunable. It needs to apply with different SFP modules.
2023 Catalog 209

25G Transponder Module for Loop-WDM1800

Features
● Up to 8 user channels
● Data rate: 10G or 25G
● Support 3R (re-timing, re-shaping, and re-amplifying)
optical generation
● One user channel can be reserved for OSC
be configured manually from 10G up to 25G
● Performance monitoring is available on each interface
Description
The 25G transponder for Loop-WDM1800 is designed
to support up to 25G Ethernet. The signal type and bit
rate of the client interface are multi-rate. It provides up to
eight users channels. The transponder is apply to CWDM
and DWDM networks. But only DWDM filter can support
25G lambda. The implemented 3R optical generation
(re-amplification, re-shaping, re-timing) is use for signal
processing.
In optical communication like relay amplification, signal regeneration, optical signal wavelength conversion, and single-
mode conversion, the transponder card is extensively used in this field. Applied with Loop-WDM1800, the transponder
card supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port, and Ethernet and
SFP ports for Web, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management as well.
Note: The color is not tunable. It needs to apply with different SFP modules.
210
Bi-directional Wavelength Mux/Demux For WDM1800

Features
● Support CWDM or DWDM technology
● Available in 8 to 16* channels Bi/Uni*-directional Mux/
Demux
● Flexibility through pluggable optics
● Low optical insertion loss
● High stability and reliability
Description
Bi-directional wavelength Mux/Demux module allows
multiple optical signals at different wavelengths to pass
through a single optical fiber strand. The product is
designed to integrate conveniently with Loop-WDM1800.
It is a highly flexible multiplexer and supports from 8 to
16* channels in CWDM or DWDM technology. CWDM and DWDM technology expands network bandwidth capacity
without the cost of expanding the fiber cable infrastructure. Besides, the WDM1800 supports Mux/Demux module
combined with Optical Link Protection (OLP) function that allows dual fiber working as protection pair. Bi-directional
communication of end services are running on primary path, and when the primary path fails, all services can be taken
care by the redundant path with protection switching time in several milliseconds.
The Mux/Demux module uses advanced optical grating components to combine and separate the wavelengths. The
CWDM Mux/Demux module is available from 4 to 8* ports with dual path channels and a bypass band. And the optical
insertion loss is lower than 2.2 dB. Applied with Loop-WDM1800, the module is capable to support local control and
diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port, and Ethernet and SFP ports for Web, Telnet, SSH,
and SNMP v1/v3 management as well.
*Future Option
2023 Catalog 211

Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA)

for Loop-WDM1800
Features
● High flatness: Typical 1.5dB
● Cover whole C-band (conventional; 1530-1564 nm)
● Adjustable gain
● High saturation output power
● High Precise AGC Circuit
● Compact mechanical and circuit structure
● Available with OEM
● Compatible with Bellcore GR-1312-Core standard
● Application: Pre-amplifier, booster, and DWDM
transmission system
Description
The Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier (EDFA) for Loop-
WDM1800 is an optical amplifier with the wavelength
range from 1529 to 1564 nm, and it is covered with whole
C-band. The EDFA module is designed to meet the need
from the dynamic networks nowadays.
Applied with Loop-WDM1800, the EDFA module is capable to support local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100
terminal connected to the console port, and Ethernet and SFP ports for Web, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management
as well. The complete EDFA is designed to provide the solution for various amplification requirements, such as single-
channel, and DWDM transmission in public transportation or long-haul network.
Product Applications
Booster Amplifer and Pre-Amplifer EDFA
Booster Amplifier and Pre-Amplifier EDFA: Depending on the link budge (i.e. optical transceiver type, fiber type, reach
distance and etc), none, one or both of these amplifiers may be required. External Dispersion Compensation Module
(DCM) may or may not be required as well.
Pre-Amplifier
With external DCM
Booster
DCM
Amplifier
WDM Mux/Demux
WDM Mux/Demux
Transponder
Transponder
DCM Booster
Amplifier
Pre-Amplifier
With external DCM
212
Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM)

For Loop-WDM1800
Features
● Fiber Gratings Dispersion Compensation Module
● Full C-band (conventional; 1530-1564 nm) coverage
● Used for standard single mode G.652 fiber
● Compensation length: 60Km
● Low insertion loss
Description
The WDM1800 Dispersion Compensation Module provides a cost-effective solution for correcting dispersion impairment
in long haul optical transmission. The DCM module works for full C-band coverage and with low insertion loss. It is used
for standard single mode G.652 fiber and is suitable for DWDM application.
Long distance extension for 10GE
60km
Without
EDFA/DCM
120km
With
EDFA/DCM
Existed Existed
End Device E E End Device
T D D T
D
Demux
Demux
D
Mux/
Mux/
X C C X
F F
P M A
M P
A
2023 Catalog 213

Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Module

For Loop-WDM1800
Features
● OTDR measurement for fault detection and analysis
● Built-in 1x8 optical switch for up to 8 fiber monitoring
● Monitoring wavelength: 1625 nm
● Support hot-plugging
● IEC 60825-1: 2007: CLASS 1 compliant
Description
The OTDR for Loop-WDM 1800 is designed to monitor
and measure the optical fiber networks. Via the OTDR
Module, users can detect the breakpoint and events in
a linked optical fiber, and efficiently check the optical
network status. With a built-in 1x8 optical switch, the
OTDR can monitor up to 8 optical fibers. Applied with
Loop-WDM1800, the OTDR card is capable to support
local control via the VT-100 terminal connected to the
console port and remote control through the Web and
Telnet interface.
The application diagram below displays how the OTDR works. By the reflectance of light in the optical fibers, OTDR can
measure the loss and potential event position. The built-in 1*8 switch allows OTDR to monitor more than one fiber.
OTDR measurement for fault detection
Reflectance
Distance
With built-in 1x8 optical switch

for monitoring multiple fibers
Providing measurement result for event position/loss
214
Muxponder Modules For Loop-WDM1800

Features PRELIMINARY
● Up to 7 user channels and one 10G Network interface
● Client Data Rates:
- FE/1G/10G
- STM1/4/16/64 (OC3/12/48/192)
● Line Data Rate: OTU2/OTU2e
be configured manually up to 10G
● Remotely activated local or remote loopback
● Hot swappable
● Support standard G.709 GFEC for network side OTU2
signal
● Support Mixed SDH + Ethernet
Description
The 7MP10Ga Muxponder module for Loop-WDM1800 is
designed to support up to 7 client signals for FE, GE, 10G
Ethernet, STM-1/4/16/64 and OC-3/12/48/192. The signal
type and bit rate of the client interface are configurable.
The Muxponder module aggregates multiple sub-rate
client channels onto the 10G uplink by standard OTN
frame structure.
Applied to Loop-WDM1800, the 7MP10Ga muxponder module supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100
terminal connected to the console port, Ethernet and SFP ports for Web GUI, Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management
as well.
1GE 1GE
1GE 1GE
1GE 1GE
1GE 1GE
10G
1GE 1GE
1GE 1GE
1GE 1GE
Muxponder Muxponder
7 x 1GE 7 x 1GE
2023 Catalog 215

216
10
Line Extender Multiplexer for
Copper and Fiber
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone 218
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card 219
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone 221
E1 CSU DSU
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone 224
T1 CSU DSU
Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone 226
Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux 228
Loop-O9310 4E1 Fiber Optical Mux 229
Line Extender Multiplexer for Copper and Fiber
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone
Features
● 1-pair/2-pair/1+1 G.SHDSL mode selectable
● 1 pair G.SHDSL.bis
● Dying Gasp report function on 2-pair G.SHDSL Mode
(manufacturing option) Description
● STU-C(master) or STU-R(slave) mode selectable
● E1 (120 ohm) /T1 software configurable The Loop-H3300-3S is part of the H3300 family of CPE
● Supports router or bridge mode products based on the G.SHDSL transmission standard.
● Built in self-test, loopback and QRSS functions It uses the standard 16/32-TCPAM line format over
twisted copper pairs to provide digital transport for a
interface hybrid co-existence in one chassis
● Local/remote management through console port, variety of data formats and data rates.
LAN, or WAN
● Log-in and password security protection The distances that this technology can span without
● VT100 firmware download repeaters are dependent on the data rate. The Loop-
● Supports configuration upload/download H3300-3S provides high speed transport for a T1/E1 link
● SNMP and Telnet are supported plus an additional Ethernet bridge, V.35 data transport
● Multi-color LED indicators over one (1) or two (2) twisted copper pairs.
● Optional front panel keys and 2-line by 16-character
The H3300-3S works as a pair (master and slave unit)
LCD display
or as a slave unit to the one of the three master units:
● Standard compliance:
AM3440’s G.SHDSL card, H3300 rack and H3300-3S
- G.SHDSL: ITU-T G.991.2 Annex A,B
standalone. The master unit is usually a rack-mounted
- G.SHDSL.bis: ITU-T G.991.2 Annex F
model located in the central office. The slave unit is
usually a standalone model located at the customer’s
premises.
A One-Loop (For G.shdsl.bis)
Line Rate: 200 - 5704 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop - H3300-3S DTE
Ethernet Master Ethernet
Data Rate :
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 2304K / 5696 Kbps
A One - Loop (For G.shdsl)

Line Rate: 200- 2312 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop-H3300-3S DTE
Data Rate:
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave
E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 2304K / 5696 Kbps
Two - Loop (For G.shdsl)

Line Rate: 200- 2312 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop-H3300-3S DTE
Data Rate :
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 4608 Kbps
218
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card
Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for C5600 shelf
● Ethernet and E1 over SHDSL application
● WAN port
- 4-port G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to four 1-pair G.SHDSL or G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to two 2-pair G.SHDSL or G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to two G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis 1+1 protection
- Line rate
● For 1-pair and 2-pair G.SHDSL, the maximum
line rate per pair is 2.312M bps
● For 1-pair and 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis, the
maximum line rate is 5.704M bps
- Sealing current (optional)
- Using 16/32-TCPAM
- STU-C (master) mode
- Supports auto-adaptive rate
● Tributary port
- Two 10/100M fast Ethernet
● VLAN (IEEE 802.1Q, 802.1p, 802.1ad (Q-in-Q))
● QoS
● RSTP (IEEE 802.1d/802.1w)
● Supports E-Line dedicated connection between
LAN1-WAN1 and LAN2-WAN2
- 4 E1 ports (optional)
● For C5600 shelf with one controller card:
- Up to 14 (2Ethernet + 4E1) and 1 (2Ethernet only)
H3304RA cards
● Diagnostics: Loopback and BERT test pattern
● Firmware download
● Configuration upload and download
● Standards compliance
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL Annex A and B for 1-pair/
2-pair), (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F for 1-pair/2-pair)
● ITU-T G.994.1
Description
The Loop-H3304RA G.SHDSL.bis plug-in card provides high-speed digital transport over wire pairs by using 16-TCPAM,
32-TCPAM technology for Ethernet and E1 point to point and point to multipoint applications. H3304RA supports 2 fast
Ethernet ports on the main card and optional 4 E1 ports over 1-pair/2-pair DSL. A choice of line rates is available with
the lower line rates applicable to the longer reaches. The distance that this technology can span without repeaters is
dependent on the data rate. The H3304RA plug-in card can work with the H3310 remote unit.
For WAN ports, the H3304RA has four G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis lines which can be grouped into different combinations.
For example, combinations can be 4 ports of 1-pair line, or 2 ports of the 2-pair line, or 1+1 protection. For tributary
ports, the H3340RA provides 2 fast Ethernet ports and optional 4-port E1 tributary cards.
The rack card is intended to be plugged into the Loop-C5600 multi-services shelf for use in central offices. The H3304RA
supports configuration, diagnostics, and fault isolation by using a local terminal, remote Telnet or SNMP management via
the controller of the C5600 shelf.
2023 Catalog 219

G.SHDSL
1 pair Ethernet
G.SHDSL.bis
(5.7 Mbps) E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 Ethernet 1 pair Ethernet
(10/100) G.SHDSL.bis
E1
4 E1 1 pair H3310
G.SHDSL.bis Ethernet
E1
H3310
1 pair
G.SHDSL.bis Ethernet
E1
H3310
SNMP
Ethernet and E1 Share 1-pair G.SHDSL.bis (5.7 Mbps)
Ethernet
E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 pair
2 Ethernet G.SHDSL.bis
(10/100) (11.4 Mbps)
4 E1
2 pair
G.SHDSL.bis
Ethernet
(11.4 Mbps)
E1
H3310
SNMP
Ethernet and E1 Share 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis (11.4 Mbps)
220
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone
Features
● Point to point application
● WAN port
- 1-pair/2-pair/1+1 G.SHDSL mode selectable
- 1 pair G.SHDSL.bis
- 1-pair/2-pair G.SHDSL.bis with hardware bridge
option only
- STU-C (master) or STU-R (slave) mode selectable
● Tributary port
- Supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL
● One E1 port
● One V.35 DTE port Description
● One X.21 DTE port
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP The Loop-H3310-S provides high-speed digital transport
Mode) over a single copper pair using standard 16 TCPAM/32
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP TCPAM technology. Versatility of this series comes from a
Mode) choice of digital interfaces and a choice of line rates, with
● Two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP Mode) the lower line rates applicable to longer reaches.
● Two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP Mode)
- Supports up to 1-pair G.SHDSL.bis This standalone version is intended for customer
● One E1 port premises installation only. The H3310-S provides a high-
● One V.35 DTE port speed data link with DTE interfaces: E1, V.35, E1 plus 2
● One X.21 DTE port Ethernets (Bridge or Router mode), 2 Ethernets (Bridge
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP or Router mode). With the hardware bridge option, the
Mode) H3310 supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis with QoS. The
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP H3310-S supports configuration and diagnostics from
Mode) a local or remote terminal. This allows execution of in-
● Two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP Mode) service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● Two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP Mode)
- Supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (hardware
Bridge/SNMP Mode) with QoS function
● Two Ethernet ports (hardware Bridge/SNMP
Mode) with QoS function
● Power
- Fixed AC (100 to 240 Vac)
- Fixed DC (-48 Vdc, -42 to -72 Vdc)
- Fixed AC (100 to 240 Vac) or DC (-48 Vdc, -42 to
-72 Vdc)
● Local and remote firmware download
● Local configuration upload/download
● Multi-color LED indicators
● Local/remote management through console port,
LAN, or WAN
● Management port and interface
- LCD and keypad (optional)
- Console port with VT-100 menu
- SNMP
● Embedded SNMP
● Telnet
● Standards compliance
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL Annex A, B) and G.994.1
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F) and G.994.1
2023 Catalog 221

G.SHDSL
G.SHDSL Solution
Single E1 Option
For 1-pair or 2-pair:
200Kbps - 2056 Kbps
E1 E1
H3310 Master H3310 Slave
Single DTE (V.35 or X.21) Option

200Kbps - 2.3 Mbps (per pair)
DTE DTE

Ethernet Option
E1 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair) E1
Ethernet/SNMP Ethernet/SNMP
H3310 Master For 1-pair or 2-pair: H3310 Slave

200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair)

Ethernet Hardware Bridge Option
E1 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair) E1
Bridge/SNMP Bridge/SNMP

H3310 Master 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair)
H3310 Slave
222
G.SHDSL
G.SHDSL.bis Solution
Single DTE (V.35 or X.21) Option

For 1-pair (G.shdsl.bis)
200Kbps - 5704 Kbps
DTE DTE

Ethernet Option
E1 200Kbps - 5704 Kbps E1
H3310 Master For 1-pair (G.shdsl.bis) H3310 Slave

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP

Ethernet Hardware Bridge Option
E1 200Kbps - 5704 Kbps E1

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps (per pair)
E1 E1
H3310 Master200Kbps - 5704 Kbps (per pair) H3310 Slave
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
2023 Catalog 223

E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU product series
provide an economic solution to E1 network access
when not all 31 DS0 channels are needed. Clear channel
(32 DS0 channels) is also available. This product
Features
series support High Density Bipolar 3 (HDB3) coding
● DSU functionality integrated with an intelligent CSU in and provide continuous error checking, performance
a compact package polling, and in-service diagnostics. Customer equipment
● Supports up to 2 customer equipment interfaces interfaces include serial DTE and routers. With a DTE
including serial DTE and router port operating from 56 Kbps to 2048 Kbps, Loop-E1500
● Up to 31 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 2.048 CSU/DSU allows users to interconnect LANs and WANs,
Mbps CAD and CAM, video conference, mainframe hosts, and
● Supports SNMP Network Management Systems more. With a router interface, users can connect LAN to
● Supports In-band Management WAN directly without an additional bridge/router.
● Connects to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to E1
Network Services The Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU series supports local control
● Local control and diagnostic via RS232 port or 2-line and diagnostics using a 2-line by 16-character LCD
by 16-character LCD & keypad display / keypads or through a RS232 console port. This
● Router - 10/100 BaseT auto selection allows users to execute in-service diagnostics and fault
● Multicolor LED indicators isolation. An in-band management channel with GUI
is available. The Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU also provides
multicolor LED indicators on the front panel. Using SNMP
network management and a Telnet connection, users
can remotely control and diagnose Loop-E products from
anywhere.
Video
Conference DTE Loop-E1500
DTE E1 WAN
Router
LAN
Loop-E1500
Router E1 WAN
LAN
Loop-E1500
Loop-E1500 Inband Extraction
Router E1 E1 Network
` Inband Inser tion
Other Loop
224 Loop-iNET
(SNMP Manager) For the latest product news, updates, technical support and more, please visit our website.products
LAN
LAN

Loop-E1500
E1 CSU/DSU Series
Router E1 WAN
LAN
Loop-E1500
Loop-E1500 Inband Extraction
Router E1 E1 Network
` Inband Inser tion
Other Loop
Loop-iNET
(SNMP Manager) products
LAN
Loop-E1500 Loop-E1500
Digital Data
Network E1
D&I DTE1 DTE1 D&I
CLUSTER HOST
Channel CONTROLLER COMPUTER
Channel
Bank Bank
Loop-E1500 Loop-E1500
Digital Data
Network E1
DTE1 DTE2 DTE1 DTE2
Bridge/ Bridge/
Router Router
2023 Catalog 225

T1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU series
provides an economic solution to T1 network access cost
when only a partial of 24 DS0 channels is needed. This
product series support Extended Super frame Format
(ESF) which makes possible continuous error checking,
performance polling, and in-service diagnostics.
Customer equipment interfaces include T1, series
Features DTE, and Router. With a DTE port operating from 56 to
● DSU functionality integrated with an intelligent CSU in 1536 Kbps, Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU allows users
a compact package to interconnect LANs and WANs, CAD and CAM, video
● Customer equipment interfaces include T1, DTE, and conference, mainframe hosts, and others.
Router
● SNMP network management or terminal console port Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU series supports local control
● Supports In-band Management and diagnostics using 2-line by 16-character LCD display
● A GUI management system with Windows based and keypads or RS232 console port. This allows users
available to execute in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● Connection to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to T1 The multicolor LEDs on the front panel provide both line
Network Services side and DTE side with status indicators. An in-band
● Optional advanced jitter performance management channel with GUI is available. Using SNMP
● One 2-line by 16-character LCD display Network Management Systems or Telnet connection,
users can remotely control and diagnose Loop-T products
from anywhere. A GUI Windows based SNMP manager,
Loop iNET, is available.
Video
Conference DTE Loop-T2500
T1 WAN
DTE
Router
LAN
PBX T1 Loop-T2500
T1 WAN
Router
LAN
PBX Loop-T2500
T1 Loop-T2500
T1 Inband Extraction
T1 Network
Router
Inband Insertion
` Other Loop
products
LAN
226
T1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop -T2500 Loop -T2500

Digital Data
T1 Network
D&I DTE1 DTE1 D&I
CLUSTER HOST
Channel CONTROLLER COMPUTER
Channel
Bank Bank
Loop-T2500 Loop-T2500
Digital Data
T1 Network
DTE1 DTE2 DTE1 DTE2

Bridge/Router
Bridge/Router
2023 Catalog 227

Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux

Description
Loop-O9210S is a point-to-point optical transmission
device developed from VLSI that provides not only a
choice of fixed 4E1 or 4E1 plus 100M Ethernet bridge,
Features but also the expansion of another 4 E1 links for multiplex
transmission over an optical fiber. It provides longer
● 19“ unit (1U), standalone, wall mount, and rack mount
reach without repeaters and superior performance
● Aggregate port
compared to copper media.
- One optical interface
● Tributary ports:
Loop-O9210S has a strong alarm monitoring system,
- Fixed on main board
and also local/remote loopbacks controlled by the
● One 4E1 or
console or DIP switch. With its high integration, low
● One 4E1 with 100M bps Ethernet
power consumption, stability, and desktop-mount design,
- Optional daughter card fixed on panel
installation and operation is easy and convenient.
● One 4E1
● Supports multiple optical fiber transmission distances
● Single/dual pair optical fiber modules selectable
● Optical line rate: 150Mbps
● BNC/RJ48C connectors for E1s
● LED indicators for alarms and loopbacks
● RS-232 (DB9) Console port
● Local and remote loopbacks
● Power
- AC or DC (not available at the same time)
.
Combination of Combination of
Aggregate port
Tributary ports Tributary ports
4E1 4E1
8E1
.. .. 8E1
4E1 + 1 Ethernet . . 4E1 + 1 Ethernet
8E1 + 1 Ethernet 8E1 + 1 Ethernet
Optical Link
Loop Tech O9210S Loop Tech O9210S
228
Loop-O9310 4E1 Fiber Optical Mux

Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-O Fiber Optical Mux product
family provides ideal solutions for building fiber-based
E1 networks. The Loop-O9310 can multiplex up to 4 E1
signals for transmission over an optical fiber, resulting in
longer reach without repeaters and superior performance
CPU Version compared to copper media.
Features The E1 model supports an optional 1+1 protection. It

● Up to 4 E1 links on one fiber is available in SNMP manageable version. The SNMP
● Optical 1+1 protection manageable model has a master unit with CPU for
● Console and Ethernet port for SNMP management managing a slave unit, and a slave unit without CPU that
● Management via SNMP is managed by the master unit through EOC. Applications
● Remote slave unit can be managed through include interconnections for LAN, WAN, SONET/SDH,
Embedded Operation Channel (EOC) ATM, and DLC.
● LED indicators
● Alarm relay and alarm cut off
● BNC or RJ45 connectors for 4 E1s (manufacturing
option)
● Multiple optical fiber transmission distances
● Single mode and multi-mode fiber modules
E1 Optional Protection Pair E1

1 1
: :
: :
4 4
O9310 O9310
E1 E1
1 1
: :
: :
4 4
O9310 O9310
2023 Catalog 229

230
11
IIoT
Environmental Security Monitoring Loop-IOT0510 232
Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Subway Loop-CCTV0730 236
IIoT
Environmental Security Monitoring

Loop-IOT0510
Description and Concept
The IOT0510 Environmental Security Monitoring System is designed for a variety of unattended and surveillance required
locations such as:
● Data centers/IT rooms/Network infrastructure
● Industrial centers and manufacturing facility
● Military camps
● Agriculture and storage
● Public buildings and facilities like government buildings, transportation stations, vehicle parking, etc.
To help operators meet the demands for environmental and physical security, energy conservation, and remote
management for the next decade via the intelligent cloud technology.
Dashboard on
Cloud Server Cloud PC, tablet or
mobile devices
5G 3G/4G-LTE to Ethernet/Wi-Fi Router

With Analog/Digital IOs,
2.4GHz Wi-Fi
Loop's & third Party
IOT0510 5G/4G-LTE Sensors & Control
Controllers /GPS Devices, Air Conditioning
Control, Relay Control,
RS485
433MHz
Mesh Radio
IOT0510
Sensors
Probes
(Temperature, Humidity, Door Open/Close, Water Leak, Liquid Level, AC/DC Current, Dry Contact, etc.)
NOTE: 5G/3G/4G-LTE to Ethernet/Wi-Fi router for connecting to cloud server (country and carrier specific).
Some fields of applications

Data Centers and Edge Security
● Per-user, per-rack and security protected environmental.
(Temperature, Humidity, AMP, Airflow, Air Quality etc.…), IT assets and
access monitoring.
● With option, monitors the CRAC information and manages cooling system.
● Reduces the number of on-site visits for both manned and unmanned.
● Secures and provides detailed health information about the edge data
center’s environment and physical security (Bay Door’s Open or Close
status). Operating conditions under 24 x 365 surveillance.
● Integrated IP security cameras.
232
IIoT
Industrial Control and Automation

● Temperature and humidity monitoring and controls.
● Water leak detection monitoring.
● Real time power consumption monitoring (AC and DC).
● Metal detection or separation for structural monitoring.
● Vibration, tamper, shake, move, tilt detection for physical security.
● Pre-set warning triggers and notification.
● Integrated Analytics and all tools for data analysis, reports, audits and prediction.
● IP security cameras.
● 3rd party devices support.
Agriculture and Food Safety

● Mission critical temperature and humidity monitoring.
● Airborne particle counts and air quality PM0.3, PM0.5, PM1.0, PM2.5
and PM10 for nearby wildfire monitoring.
● Smoke detection.
● Explosive gas detection.
● Water leak detection.
● Tamper detection and prevention.
● 4G/5G cloud-based remote real time monitoring and access anywhere.
Buildings, Transportation and Parkings

● Temperature and humidity monitoring for comfort
level and energy savings.
● Airborne particle counts and air quality PM1.0,
PM2.5 and PM10.
● Smoke detection.
● HVAC performance monitoring.
● Traffic flow analysis with IP cameras.
Landslide, Object Fall and Other Disasters

● Prevents rail disasters.
● Without temperature and humidity monitoring.
● Without external RJ ports.
● Sealed with a IP68 PVC enclosure.
● Can be placed in soil or buried 0.5-2 ft. beneath the surface.
● Run by 2 AA lithium batteries for up to 5-8 years.
2023 Catalog 233

IIoT
Application Diagram
Figure 1 IOT0510 Indoor Application Diagram at Unmanned IT Room
234
IIoT
SMS & Email

Notice
Controller sealed in an
IP68 outdoor plastic SMS Modem
enclosure case which
is suitable for smoke
detection
Landslide or
Rock/Object Fall Up to 1km & Remote Cloud
up to 200 Main Server
sensors
5G/4G LTE
Internet
Unmanned
Web Browser
Railway Station
Figure 2 IOT0510 Outdoor Application Diagram at Railside
2023 Catalog 235

IIoT
Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Subway

Loop-CCTV0730
Description
Nowadays, global terrorism and crimes are increasing rapidly. To meet your security requirements for the substation
or subway, Loop Telecom provides our total security solution and video surveillance system. Loop Telecom’s video
surveillance system includes easy-to-install IP cameras, bullet ones and dome ones, as well as sufficient management
tools: NVR, CMS, TV Wall, IVS and EMS.
SECURITY CENTER Video mobile Display
TV wall CMS(VMS) Server:

Video Display Video management
IP NETWORK
L3SW G7820 L2SW IP6820/IP6818
NVR w/ POE
switch
video record
Bullet
IPCAM
w/IVS
Encoder SL16
PTZ IPCAM
w/IVS
iNET can manage
network device and CCTV
BNC Analog cam
DATA CENTER JOBSITE
Architecture of CCTV, Network and iNET
● L3 switch G7820 can be deployed at Core Network.

● L2 switch IP6820/IP6818 can be deployed as Access Switch.
● At Job Site, IP cameras are deployed and connected to IP6820/IP6818 switch via POE. Analog cameras are deployed
and connected to Encoder SL16 to convert analog video signals to IP packets. NVRs with unmanaged L2 POE switch
are deployed to record videos.
● At Data Center, EMS iNET is installed to manage network devices and CCTV.
● At Security Center, CMS (Central Management System) server and TV wall are deployed to manage and display
video.
236
IIoT
IPCAMs
Outdoor Bullet IPCAM R3V6-B. The application is for Parking Lot
and Main exit. 6 Video Analysis(VA) inside such as Object counting,
Intrusion Detection, Abandoned Object, Object Removal.
• Motorized Bullet IPCAM
• 4 Megapixel with 60 fps
• Day & Night
• PoE
• Multi Codec support (H.265 / H.264 / MJPEG)
• Waterproof IP66
Indoor Rugged Dome IPCAM R3V6-F. The application is for

Dangerous Zone. 6 Video Analysis(VA) inside such as Object
counting, Intrusion Detection, Abandoned Object, Object Removal.
• Support up to 4M resolution
• Day & Night
• PoE
• Waterproof IP66 and Vandal Proof(IK10)
Fisheye IPCAM Z4SA-D. The application is for Conference Room.

• Mini Fish-Eye IPCAM
• 6 Megapixel with Edge Dewarping, up to 4M resolution
• Day & Night
• PoE
• 30 fps at 3072 x 2048
• Waterproof IP66
Outdoor PTZ IPCAM 821 R2. The application is capable of remote

directional and zoom in/out control.
6 Video Analysis(VA) inside such as Object counting, Intrusion
Detection, Abandoned Object, Object Removal.
• PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zoom) Speed Dome IPCAM
• 2M/3M/4M resolution in one platform
• Day & Night
• Up to 40x Zoom Lens available
• Waterproof (IP66)
iNET EMS
• Integrated networking system with complete solution for CCTV Video Surveillance application.
• Centralized or distributed system architecture includes CMS, NVR, TV Wall, and NMS.
• Event-driven video playback & snapshot, remote I/O control and PTZ control for selected IP CAM model.
• Please refer to iNET brochure and manual for details.
2023 Catalog 237

IIoT
Applications
Application Diagram for Subway and Substation
Step 1. Create G.8032 ring by G7820 and IP6820

Step 2. IP6820 connects to IPCAM
Bullet Cameras are deployed at Main Entry/Exit
Rugged Dome cameras are deployed at dangerous zone
PTZ Dome cameras are deployed for Zoom in/out
Step 3. L3SW G7820 connects to NVR, CMS(VMS)
Step 4. L3SW G7820 connects to iNET
Step 5. IPCAM Vlan10 to NVR Vlan10
Step 6. INET VLan20 to NVR Vlan10
Step 7. When INET receives alarm, it will call up NVR
Step 8. NVR triggers TV-WALL for Lobby video
Step 9. CMS will show eMAP on lobby location
238
IIoT
SUBSTATION
– Fire/Smoke Detection in Station SNMP
– Intrusion Detector (Door Sensor)
SNMP Alarm Substation
– CCTV Surveillance Monitoring/Video Analytics NBI Monitoring Signal
& Control System
I/O
– SCADA RTU SNMP
-- Temperature Sensor
EVENT FILTER
-- Humidity Sensor
Loop
SNMP
iNET NVR
CCTV Call-Up TV-Wall
Servers Controllers
COMMUNICATIONS
– Ethernet Transmission SNMP
– Microwave Backhaul
TV Wall Pop-Up
OTHERS
– Card Reader
NON-SNMP DB
Application Diagram of iNET at Subway and Substation
Step 1. Substation got intrusion detection. It will send SNMP trap to LOOP iNET.
Step 2. Card reader maybe be power failure. LOOP iNET can PING(NON-SNMP) this card reader.
Step 3. iNET sends SNMP trap to Alarm Monitoring & Control via NBI(North Bound Interface)
Step 4. iNET will call up NVR server.
Step 5. NVR will trigger TV WALL.
2023 Catalog 239

IIoT
240
12
Cyber Security Solution
Loop-ISS2180 Information Security Solution 242
Loop-ISS2110 GCB-NCM Network Configuration Audit System 245
Loop-ISS2180 Information Security Solution

PRELIMINARY
Description
Loop-ISS2180 is a NFV - (Network Function Virtualization) based information security solution. NFV is transforming the
development and management of communication services. Loop's proposal of information security solution is a truly
open network virtualization suite, providing powerful orchestration, virtual hosting management, and automation tools.
The NFV function of ISS2180 is the pioneer technology structure of cloud and virtualization around the world. Because
of NFV, Loop-ISS2180 can leverage the computing capability and low-cost Intel x86 White Box servers with versatile
features integrated such as SD-WAN, firewall, Docker container, KVM, OpenStack, and NFV MANO.
The conventional way of protecting a network is to install a firewall at the entry point. Network administrators used to trust
everything and everyone inside the network protected by a firewall. Nowadays, malware can easily bypass any entry-
point firewall and get inside the network through an infected USB stick or an employee’s compromised personal device
connected to the corporate network. Network administrators can no longer inherently trust internal users and devices.
In response to this highly complex environment, Loop Information security solution integrated with FortiGate virtual
appliance firewall have become robust multifunctional devices that counter an array of threats to your network.
Intel x86 platform White Box, high proficiency and cost-effective servers, are adopted by Loop-ISS2180 information
security solution. Virtual cloud operation system would be in charge of the delivery and fabrication of VNF (Virtual
Network Function), operates and manages the cooperation of hardware resources' functions--calculation, network, and
storage--as well as the life cycle of VNF. Through the management center with stationed professional personnel, the
virtual firewall of remote offices, system setting and analyzing, log data analysis, secure encryption, and update can all
be monitored.
[Network Server]
Loop provides high quality Network Server Hardware/ Network Appliance for network security applications. Currently
Loop supplies customers with two main network servers for flexible on-demand deployment of NFVs according to
network scale: 1U and 2U Rackmount Servers.
The front & rear view of 1U Rackmount Network Server
The features of 1U server includes:

● Intel® Denverton C3000 Platform ● 1 NIM/1 PCIe x8 Exp. Slot, 2 USB 3.2 Gen1
● Intel Atom C3758 (8-core) SoC ● 3x 2.5”SATA3 drive bay
● 9 GbE Copper (2-pair bypass), 1 SFP and 4 SFP+ ● 1+1 Redundant PSU
The front & rear view of 2U Rackmount Network Server
242
The features of 2U server includes:

● Intel® C627/C622 Platform ● 1 x Management port
● 2 x Intel® Xeon® Scalable Processors ● 2 x 10G Fiber (SFP+)
● 24 x RDIMM/LRDIMM DDR4-2666/2400 ● 4 x 2.5” SATA-III Hot-swappable / 2 x U.2 NVMe Hot-
● 8 x Exp. NIM (1G/10G/25G/40G, Fiber/Copper/LAN swappable
Bypass) ● 1+1 Redundant Platinum PSU (800W)
[ADVA Ensemble Suite]
Ensemble suite enables users to benefit from the cloud by replacing closed appliances with their choice of software
hosted anywhere in the network and with open hardware. Ensemble includes six components for NFVI, NFV
Management and Orchestration (MANO).
Ensemble Connector is a high performance network virtualization platform available for hosting multi-vendor VNFs
Ensemble Orchestrator is an ETSI MANO-compliant NFV orchestration platform providing end-to-end network service
and VNF lifecycle management
Ensemble Director provides traditional resource management and transport service management for physical and virtual
network elements
Ensemble Controller is a set of networking applications delivered on open SDN frameworks
Ensemble Analytics leverages big data technologies that provides actionable intelligence for service orchestration and
assurance
Ensemble Network Hypervisor abstracts and virtualizes the transport network for integration into a MANO/XOS
management paradigm
[FortiGate Firewall Virtual Appliance]

FortiGate virtual appliances allow you to mitigate blind spots by implementing critical security controls within your virtual
infrastructure. They also allow you to rapidly provision security infrastructure whenever and wherever it is needed.
Moreover, FortiGate virtual appliances feature all of the security and networking services common to traditional hardware-
based FortiGate appliances. With the addition of virtual appliances from Fortinet, you can deploy a mix of hardware and
virtual appliances, operating together and managed from a common centralized management platform.
Using the advanced FortiOS™ operating system, FortiGate appliances effectively neutralize a wide range of security
threats facing your virtualized environment. Whether deployed at the edge as a front-line defense, or deep within the
virtual infrastructure for inter-zone security, FortiGate appliances protect your infrastructure with some of the most
effective security available today by enabling security features you need.
FortiGate virtual appliances offer protection from a broad array of threats, with support for all of the security and
networking services offered by the FortiOS operating system.
2023 Catalog 243

MPLS 5G Internet
SD-WAN
VRRP Protection ERPS Protection VRRP Protection
Untrusted
Traffic G7820 G7820 Trusted
to
Traffic
Firewall
G7820 G7820
VLAN 10 Untrusted Zone VLAN 110 Trusted Zone
Office Scan GCB-NCM

Office Scan Office Scan Office Scan
244
Loop-ISS2110 GCB-NCM Network Configuration Audit

System
PRELIMINARY
Description
In recent years, information security events have arisen. Enterprises need to strengthen their network security
management to avoid damage and decrease vulnerability. Government Configuration Baseline (GCB) aims to settle
a series of configuration standard rules for the IT equipment such as a personal laptop, computers in government
organizations, and information devices/network equipment in a company to prevent the information security risk. Loop-
ISS2110 provides a series of functions to audit the configuration compliance, create a change review, analyze the
configuration change, and apply to multi-brand network facilities such as firewall, switch, and router. Loop-ISS2110
can manage and check the configuration information to ensure that the network equipment operates under a secured
condition. For example, given that the login password is too short, it would probably lead hackers to break into the
equipment. Or there will be a potential victim of sniffing data by hackers due to the weak encryption algorithm. Our NCM
system will track those inappropriate settings, issue a report, and suggest the recommended settings from GCB. Loop-
ISS2110 is an integrated information security tool to keep enterprises away from network equipment management risks
and reduce the cost of network administration.
Major Features
The GCB-NCM equips with five major functions, including Configuration Backup & Review, Configuration
Comparison, GCB Compliance Policies, Scheduler Setting, and Compliance Report
GCB Report Generator
Compliance
Report Scheduling Detection &
Config File Backup
Management Config Backup
Configuration
Backup & Scheduler
Review Setting
GCB-NCM
Network Configuration
Audit System
GCB
Configuration
Compliance
Comparison
Policies
Config Change Analysis GCB Policies Management
Network Equipment Compatibility

The NCM network management system supports any type of network facility which is compatible with the SSH/Telnet/
CLI configuration backup function. The GCB-NCM can apply to every firewall model of Fortigate and custom-defined
configuration checking rule, making this checking system possess expandability.
2023 Catalog 245

GCB-NCM Configuration
#config-version=FGVMK6-6.4.4-FW-
#conf_file_ver=41135032107148304
#buildno=1803
#global_vdom=1
config system global -
set admin-concurrent enable GCB-NCM
Audit System
The application of GCB-NCM ISS2110
GCB-NCM
Audit System
The compatibility of GCB-NCM ISS2110
246
13
5G CPE
Loop-W8510 5G CPE Industrial Router 248
5G CPE
Loop-W8510 5G CPE Industrial Router
W8510 W8510-TDM
Features PRELIMINARY
Description
W8510
Loop-W8510 is an industrial router based on 5G wireless
● Indoor installation with IP30 protection transmission, adopts 5G NR Sub-6G module, integrates
● ANSI shelf Qualcomm's new generation of Snapdragon DX55
● 4-core CPU, 4GB DDR4 memory, and 8GB eMMC baseband chipset, and complies with 3GPP Release
Flash storage R15 standard. It can support both Standalone (SA) and
● Four 10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN, support PoE* Non-Standalone (NSA) network deployments, support
● One combo Ethernet LAN/WAN (10/100/1000Base- 3G/4G/5G multiple network formats, and cover the 5G
T+100Base-FX/1000Base-X) NR network frequency bands of major regions and
● Support ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown) operators around the world.
● Support IEEE 1518v2 and IRIG-B clock
● Uplink 5G interface, support 5G NR Sub-6G Loop-W8510 adopts a 4-core ARM SOC processor, 4GB
● Dual SIM cards, support pop-up SIM card slots DDR4 memory, and a full Gigabit network interface,
● Support RIPv1/v2, OSPF v2/v3 routing protocol including a combo port and 100Base-FX/1000Base-X
● Support VLAN, Q-in-Q support.
● Support STP, RSTP, MSTP
● Support QoS Loop-W8510 supports the IEEE 1588v2 protocol and
● Support RSA and AES data encryption supports master clock and slave clock modes. When the
● Power Module: device is in the master clock mode, the device obtains a
- 80Vac ~ 260Vac high-precision clock from the base station side and sends
- 100-250Vdc. it to the lower device through the IEEE1588 protocol.
● Support WEB, SNMP, and Console When the device is in the slave clock mode, the device
management receives IEEE1588 packets from the Gigabit Ethernet
interface and accesses the clock synchronization.
*Future Option
Loop-W8510 adopts a built-in AC and DC power supply
design, and low power consumption mode. It can apply
to smart grid networks, intelligent healthcare, intelligent
plants, intelligent transportation, and other industries.
The Loop-W8510-TDM model supports four hot-

swappable plug-in slots for TDM services to go through
5G network in addition to Ethernet access services. It
has built-in TDMoE function for Voice (FXS, FXO, E&M)
and Serial Data (RS232, RS485, X.21, V.35) services to
pass through the 5G network. With compact 1U chassis
design, it is suitable for connecting existed TDM services
for emergency communication with mobility.
248
5G CPE
W8510-TDM
● 1 U height Shelf
● In addition to all W8510 functions mentioned above, the W8510-TDM model supports built-in TDMoE function
● Supports 4 x hot-pluggable tributary slots
● Hot pluggable tributary interface modules including
- 4 port RS485
- 8 port RS232 Async
- 4 port RS232 Sync
- 8 port FXS
- 8 port FXO
- 4 port E&M
- 2 port C37
- 1 port V35
● 1 port X21
- 4 port CD (G.703 64K Co-dir)
NOC
Workstation Workstation Server
5G Network Slicing
IEC61850 Communication Network, System Management, Protection, Monitoring
2023 Catalog 249

5G CPE
250
5G CPE
LOOP TELECOMMUNICATION INTERNATIONAL, INC.

ISO 9001 / ISO 14001 / ISO 27001
Worldwide Europe
6F, No. 8, Hsin Ann Road 128 Rue La Boetie,
Hsinchu Science Park 75008 Paris 08,
Hsinchu, Taiwan 300092 France
+886-3-578-7696 +33-663-71-72-73 / +33-667-67-10-45
sales@looptelecom.com eu_sales@looptelecom.com
Americas Australia & New Zealand

8 Carrick Road 3 Imperial Ave, Mount
Palm Beach Gardens Waverley, Victoria 3149,
Florida 33418, U.S.A. Australia
+1-561-627-7947 +61-413-382-931
ncsa_sales@looptelecom.com aus_sales@looptelecom.com
2023 Loop Telecommunication International, Inc.

All Rights Reserved
Subject to Change without Notice
2023 Catalog 251

Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Corporate Overview

Diversification of Product Lines

We produce the following product lines:

● Multi-Service Access Cross Connect Multiplexer

Information Security Policy

RoHS and WEEE Compliance Statement

After Sales Customer Relations

2023 Catalog III

3 SDH-SONET-MPLS Hybrid Transport

4 Transport and Access all-in-one Box

5 Multi-Service Access Cross Connect Multiplexer

Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX.......................................................................... 63

Low-speed (LS) Cards

(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps ...................................................................... 144

7 TDM over Ethernet

8 L2-L3-MPLS-Carrier Ethernet Switch

Loop-IP6838 IEC61850-3 Certified Rack-Mount High-Availability Managed Modular

9 Wavelength Division Multiplexer

10 Line Extender Multiplexer for Copper and Fiber

Fiber Optical Multiplexer

12 Cyber Security Solution

2023 Catalog VII

WDM1800-CHAa WDM1800-CHBa AM3440-A-CHPAa

G7860A G7820 IP6828

C5600 H3300-3S H3310S

Fiber Optical Multiplexers

O9340S O9310 O9210S

1. Best Approach in Migrating Aged SDH/SONET

E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1

Aged SDH/SONET Cloud

1.2. Addition of New Loop-O9500R Hybrid Backbone

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

Hybrid NMS Transport Transport Transport

O9500R O9500R O9500R

Aged SDH/SONET Cloud

1.3. Connecting Existing E1/T1 Mux to New Hybrid Backbone

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

O9500R O9500R O9500R

Transport Transport Transport

Aged SDH/SONET Cloud

1.4. E1/T1 Multiplexer Service Cut-Over

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

Hybrid NMS Transport Transport Transport

O9500R O9500R O9500R

Transport Transport Transport

Aged SDH/SONET Cloud

1.5. Dismantling Aged SDH/SONET Backbone

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

Hybrid NMS Transport Transport

O9500R O9500R O9500R

1.6. Programming New Services

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

Hybrid NMS Transport Transport Transport

O9500R O9500R O9500R

1.7. Directly-connected RTUs and Dismantling Aged E1/T1 Mux

New SDH/SONET & MPLS-TP Cloud

Hybrid NMS Transport Transport Transport

O9500R O9500R O9500R

1.8. Finish Migrating Aged SDH/SONET Backbone to MPLS-TP